{"title":"Work Equipment for Handling and Transport","description":"\u003cp\u003e276 Bernardo and Ravendo products for material handling and transport in workshops, warehouses, and construction sites. Transport trolleys from €85, manual and weighing pallet trucks from €722, hydraulic lifting tables from €549, electric pallet trucks from €1,153, and roller stands from €110. Six main categories: transport trolleys (69 products), hand trucks (36), pallet trucks (31), electric hydraulic lifters (17), platform lifting tables (16), and crane scales (13). Capacities from 150 kg (hand trucks) to 12 tons (STF + VTR roller sets). Official Bernardo and Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"carrello-a-piattaforma-elevatrice-elettrico-shw-1000-et","title":"Bernardo SHW 1000 ET Electric Scissor Lift Pallet Truck – 1,000 kg capacity, 800 mm lift, 12V\/70Ah battery, EN 1757-4 compliant","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SHW 1000 ET electric lift platform truck is a hand pallet truck and lifting table combined with electro-hydraulic lifting. It offers a capacity of 1,000 kg, minimum fork height of 85 mm, maximum fork height of 800 mm, fork length of 1140 mm, and total fork width of 520 mm. Distinctive features: quick lift as standard with automatic switch to normal lift for loads over 150 kg, automatic descent speed control via hydraulic valve, and adjustable front support legs and stabilizers that automatically extend when the forks reach 420 mm. The fork is made of 4 mm steel plate, with a 70 Ah\/12V battery, and a net weight of 140 kg. Compliant with EN 1757-4. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum fork height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic quick lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e For loads under 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic stabilizer legs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic extension at 420 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 Ah \/ 12V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SHW 1000 ET and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SHW 1000 ET is a hybrid manual pallet truck + electric lifting table device: it acts as a pallet truck for horizontal movement of pallets, but offers electro-hydraulic lifting up to 800 mm to position the load at an ergonomic working height. Key construction feature: the standard quick lift operates automatically for loads under 150 kg (for fast handling of light loads); for heavier loads, it automatically switches to normal lift (slower but safer for heavy loads). The automatic stabilizer leg system extends to the ground when the forks reach 420 mm, creating a rigid support base that prevents tipping during high-level operations. Automatic descent speed control via a hydraulic valve maintains constant speed regardless of the load, preventing rapid descents that could damage the load. Complies with EN 1757-4 for manual pallet trucks with lifting tables. In Krollit's customers' workshops, the SHW 1000 ET is chosen by mechanical workshops for ergonomic positioning of parts on workbenches, assembly lines for moving and positioning components, body shops for lifting doors\/hoods onto trolleys, and kitting warehouses for order preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo electric lift platform truck range includes the SHW 1000 ET model as a standard configuration. Difference from other Bernardo handling products: RHW pallet trucks are manual for cylindrical reels; EHS stackers are electric for multi-level pallet storage; EDS stackers are heavy-duty industrial trucks with a dedicated traction motor. The SHW is a specific niche: an electric lifting table for ergonomic positioning of pieces (not high-level storage). For multi-level storage applications, move up to EHS or EDS stackers. For horizontal movement of standard pallets, use an economical manual pallet truck. The SHW is sized for applications where loads need to be lifted to a height of 800 mm for workbench processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). The SHW SHW 1000 ET, weighing 140 kg, is shipped on a protective pallet. The machine comes with a 70 Ah\/12V battery and charger. Original spare parts (batteries, hydraulic systems, wheels) Bernardo available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the SHW 1000 ET for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial tool for ergonomic positioning of parts: exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with bench work lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioning of parts at 800 mm height for ergonomic processing. Quick lift for light loads, normal for heavy loads automatically.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitting warehouse \/ assembly line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransfer of components between stations with electro-hydraulic lifting. EN 1757-4 compliance for standard professional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e multi-level storage on high shelving (lifting limited to 800 mm; EHS or EDS stackers are correctly sized); handling loads exceeding 1,000 kg (oversized); applications requiring only horizontal pallet movement (a standard manual pallet truck is more economical).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum fork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFork\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm steel plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 Ah \/ 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery charger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ah \/ 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic quick lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor loads under 150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic stabilizer legs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension at 420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDescent speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic hydraulic valve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension E\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEN 1757-4 (Pallet trucks with lifting tables)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo SHW 1000 ET electric lift platform truck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 70 Ah \/ 12V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 Ah \/ 12V battery charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mm steel plate fork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic stabilizer legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEN 1757-4 compliance documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'automatic quick lift for loads under 150 kg' mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hydraulic system has 2 modes: quick (4-5 seconds to reach max height with light loads) and normal (10-15 seconds with heavy loads). The switch is automatic when the load sensor detects a weight greater than 150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe advantage is productivity in mixed cycles with a prevalence of light loads (single workpieces, empty containers, auxiliary materials): the quick mode reduces the lifting time by 2-3 times compared to the normal mode. For heavy loads, the normal mode is automatically imposed for hydraulic safety reasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do the automatic stabilizer legs work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the forks reach 420 mm in height, two mechanical legs automatically extend to the floor, creating a rigid support base that prevents the truck from tipping over during high-level operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout stabilizer legs, the lift platform truck is unstable during high-level operations with loads near the maximum limit. The automatic legs activate only when necessary (above 420 mm) and retract during lowering, maintaining full maneuverability in low-height operations. This is a crucial feature for applications where the operator works with suspended loads (fine adjustment, quality control, manual processing).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat exactly does EN 1757-4 compliance offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEN 1757-4 is the European standard for manual pallet trucks with lifting platforms: it defines requirements for mechanical safety (structural strength, load stability), hydraulics (speed control, safety system in case of failure), and marking. Compliance is mandatory for professional use in Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCE marking certifies compliance with Machinery Directive 2006\/42\/CE, which refers to the harmonized standard EN 1757-4. For workplace safety inspections (Labor Inspectorate, INAIL, HSE controls), it is essential to keep the compliance documentation provided with the machine. For intensive use, an annual inspection by qualified personnel is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical autonomy is 6-8 hours of operation in standard daily use (mixed lifts). Full charging takes about 8 hours with the supplied charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual autonomy depends on the intensity of work and the average weight of the loads: in continuous intensive use, it reduces to 4-5 hours; in intermittent use, it can extend to 10-12 hours. Batteries are consumables with a typical lifespan of 3-5 years in standard daily use. Original Bernardo replacement batteries are available from stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the SHW be used as a standard pallet truck?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. When the forks are in the low position (85 mm), the SHW functions as a manual pallet truck for horizontal movement of standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm) or similar industrial pallets. Electric lifting is an additional, not a replacement, function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe advantage of the SHW over a pure manual pallet truck is its dual function: horizontal movement (pallet truck) + ergonomic lifting (lifting table). The disadvantage is its higher weight (140 kg vs 60-80 kg for a standard pallet truck), which requires more effort for movement over long distances. For applications requiring only horizontal pallet movement, a standard pallet truck is more maneuverable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693515149640,"sku":"07-1020","price":3172.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-elevatore-elettrico.jpg?v=1750070137"},{"product_id":"carrello-elevatore-a-grande-portata-manuale-hhk-1000","title":"Hand pallet truck Bernardo HHK 1000 – capacity 1,000 kg, lift 290 mm, forks 800 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HHK 1000 high-capacity manual forklift is designed for manual handling and lifting of palletized loads. It offers a load capacity of 1,000 kg, a minimum fork height of 90 mm, a maximum lifting height of 290 mm, a fork length of 800 mm, a fork width of 160 mm, and a free fork width of 240 mm. It features a manual parking brake and manual steering. Overall dimensions are 1,300 × 710 × 1,160 (1,730) mm, and it weighs 173 kg. It is suitable for small to medium-sized warehouses, workshops, and depots without electrical power for motorized forklifts. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax Lifting Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 290 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteering and Brake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 173 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HHK 1000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HHK 1000 is a high-capacity manual forklift with lever-operated hydraulic lift. The difference from a standard pallet truck: a pallet truck has limited lift (115-200 mm) for horizontal movement; the HHK forklift has extended lift (290 mm) for storage on low to medium shelving. HHK features: entirely manual, no electrical power or battery, no recharging or battery replacement costs. The HHK 1000 model is designed for a higher capacity (1,000 kg) but with a more contained lifting height (290 mm) and shorter forks (800 mm). Suitable for moving heavy loads over short distances without the need for high-level storage. In Krollit customers' workshops, the HHK is chosen by warehouses without access to industrial three-phase power, remote workshops, temporary construction site depots, and applications where the cost of an electric forklift (€3,000-€10,000) is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HHK range of high-capacity manual forklifts includes 2 models with distinct features: HHK 1000 (capacity 1,000 kg, height 290 mm, forks 800 mm, weight 173 kg) for moving heavy loads over short distances without high-level storage; HHK 800 RL (capacity 800 kg, height 940 mm, forks 1,150 mm, fork tilt ±20°, weight 197 kg) for storage on low shelving with adjustable fork angle. \n\nThe HHK 1000 model is designed for horizontal movement of heavy loads (1,000 kg) with limited lift (290 mm) to overcome steps or inclines. For storage on high shelving (over 290 mm), consider the HHK 800 RL (940 mm) or the electric EHS\/EDS models. For loads under 800 kg, more economical standard manual pallet trucks are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). The HHK 1000, weighing 173 kg, is shipped on a pallet, with overall dimensions of 1,300 × 710 × 1,160 (1,730) mm. As a manual truck, it does not have batteries or motors subject to wear: spare parts are limited to wheels, brake, and hydraulic pump lever. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HHK 1000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist with heavy storage needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEconomical manual truck for loads up to 1,000 kg without the need for high lifting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemporary construction site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMovement of heavy loads (cement, building materials) without the need for electrical power. Short forks (800 mm) for confined spaces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarehouse with limited lifting needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 kg capacity with 290 mm lift to clear joints, steps, slight inclines. For higher storage, consider HHK 800 RL or the EHS\/EDS family.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e storage on shelving above 290 mm (the HHK 800 RL with 940 mm height or EHS\/EDS stackers are correctly sized); applications with fork tilt (the HHK 800 RL has ±20° tilt); continuous intensive use (electric trucks have higher productivity).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad Capacity and Lifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowered Fork Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax Lifting Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFork\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree Fork Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel Wheel Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork Roller Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 × 710 × 1,160 (1,730) mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eControls\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParking Brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 173 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo HHK 1000 manual forklift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual hydraulic lift system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual parking brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolyurethane swivel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE compliance documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between HHK 1000 and HHK 800 RL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHHK 1000: 1,000 kg capacity, 290 mm height, 800 mm forks. For horizontal movement of heavy loads without high-level storage. HHK 800 RL: 800 kg capacity, 940 mm height, 1,150 mm forks, ±20° tilt. For storage on low shelving with angle adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice depends on the application: for horizontal movement of heavy loads over short distances (construction sites, cement factories, sheet metal factories), the HHK 1000 is correctly sized. For storage on low shelving with fine adjustment capability, the HHK 800 RL is correctly sized. The two machines are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy a manual truck and not an electric one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrice: the manual HHK costs significantly less than an electric EHS or EDS stacker. For occasional use or applications without access to industrial three-phase power, the manual is the correct choice. For continuous intensive use, the electric one has higher productivity and justifies the greater investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEconomic comparison: manual HHK approximately €600-€1,200; electric EHS stacker approximately €3,000-€6,000; heavy EDS stacker approximately €6,000-€12,000. For workshops with 5-10 movements per day, the manual is correctly sized; for 20-50 movements per day, consider electric EHS; for over 50 movements per day, consider EDS or internal combustion engine industrial trucks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much effort is required to lift 1,000 kg with the manual pump?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hydraulic system is designed to reduce effort: typically 30-40 pumps to reach maximum height at full load. The force required on the lever is approximately 15-25 kg per pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive daily use, cumulative effort can be significant: 30-40 pumps × 15-25 kg of force = physical work typical of a warehouse operator. For continuous intensive use, it is recommended to consider electric trucks (EHS or EDS) to reduce fatigue. For occasional use (5-10 lifts per day), manual effort is manageable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the forks width-adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the HHK 1000 model, the forks have a fixed width of 160 mm and a free width between forks of 240 mm. They are not width-adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixed width is sized for standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm) and similar industrial pallets. For non-standard sized pallets (custom industrial, narrow pallets), check compatibility with the openings under the pallet in advance. For special sized pallets, consider trucks with adjustable forks or special adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the parking brake adequate for inclines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manual parking brake is designed for flat surfaces or gentle inclines up to 5%. For steeper inclines, use additional chocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn inclines, the risk of the truck rolling with a full load is significant: 1,000 kg on a 10% incline generates a force of 100 kgf, which the manual brake cannot withstand. For applications on sloped construction sites or inclined warehouses, always use chocks and\/or additional mechanical anchors. Workplace safety regulations prohibit releasing the brake on inclines without additional restraints.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693521998152,"sku":"07-1088","price":2549.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Transpallet-4.jpg?v=1750070180"},{"product_id":"carrello-elevatore-a-grande-portata-manuale-hhk-800-rl","title":"Bernardo HHK 800 RL High-Capacity Hand Pallet Truck – 800 kg capacity, 940 mm lift height, 1150 mm forks, ±20° fork tilt","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HHK 800 RL heavy-duty manual pallet jack is designed for manual handling and lifting of loads on pallets. It offers an 800 kg capacity, a minimum fork height of 90 mm, a maximum lifting height of 940 mm, a fork length of 1150 mm, and a fork width of 150 mm. The fork tilt is 20° \/ 20° (left\/right), the free fork width is 240 mm, and it features a manual parking brake and manual operation. Overall dimensions are 1,640 × 750 × 1,320 mm, and it weighs 197 kg. It is suitable for small to medium-sized warehouses, workshops, and depots without electrical power for motorized forklifts. It is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 940 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20° \/ 20° (left\/right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation and brake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 197 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HHK 800 RL and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HHK 800 RL is a heavy-duty manual pallet jack with lever-operated hydraulic lift. The difference from a standard pallet truck: a pallet truck has limited lift (115-200 mm) for horizontal movement; the HHK pallet jack has an extended lift (940 mm) for storage on low to medium shelving. HHK features: entirely manual, no electrical power or battery, no recharging or battery replacement costs. The HHK 800 RL model has a distinctive feature: tiltable forks to the right and left (±20°). This function is essential for handling unbalanced loads, positioning on inclined surfaces, and fine-tuning pallet orientation during storage. Maximum lift 940 mm with an 800 kg capacity for storage on standard single-level shelving above ground. In Krollit customer workshops, the HHK is chosen by warehouses without access to industrial three-phase current, remote workshops, temporary depots on construction sites, and applications where the cost of an electric forklift (€3,000-€10,000) is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HHK range of heavy-duty manual pallet jacks includes 2 models with distinct features: HHK 1000 (1,000 kg capacity, 290 mm height, 800 mm forks, 173 kg weight) for handling heavy loads over short distances without high-level storage; HHK 800 RL (800 kg capacity, 940 mm height, 1,150 mm forks, ±20° fork tilt, 197 kg weight) for storage on low shelving with angular fork adjustment.\n\nThe HHK 800 RL model trades capacity (800 kg vs 1,000 kg for the HHK 1000) for greater height (940 mm vs 290 mm) and the fork tilt function. For lifting onto shelves up to 940 mm, this is the correct choice. For higher capacity with limited height, the HHK 1000 is the correct choice. For electric applications with greater heights (over 1 m), move up to the EHS\/EDS family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). The HHK 800 RL, weighing 197 kg, is shipped on a pallet, with overall dimensions of 1,640 × 750 × 1,320 mm. As it is a manual pallet jack, it does not have batteries or motors subject to wear: spare parts are limited to wheels, brake, and hydraulic pump lever. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the HHK 800 RL is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist with home warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEconomical manual pallet jack with no need for electrical power. 940 mm lift and fork tilt for standard shelving.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraftsman's workshop with low shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 kg capacity and 940 mm height for storage on single-level shelving above ground. ±20° fork tilt for positioning on inclined surfaces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote workshop without electrical power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompletely manual operation without batteries or motors. Maximum reliability in contexts without industrial three-phase electrical power.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e capacities over 800 kg (the HHK 1000 with 1,000 kg capacity but limited height of 290 mm is the choice for higher capacities); storage at heights above 940 mm (EHS or EDS stackers are correctly sized); intensive continuous use (electric pallet jacks have superior operating cycles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad capacity and lift\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowered fork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFork\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecial function\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork tilt left\/right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20° \/ 20° (left\/right)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel wheel dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 150 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 80 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,640 × 750 × 1,320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eControls\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParking brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 197 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo HHK 800 RL manual pallet jack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual hydraulic lifting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual parking brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolyurethane swivel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFork tilt system ±20° right\/left\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE compliance documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between HHK 1000 and HHK 800 RL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHHK 1000: 1,000 kg capacity, 290 mm height, 800 mm forks. For horizontal movement of heavy loads without high-level storage. HHK 800 RL: 800 kg capacity, 940 mm height, 1,150 mm forks, ±20° tilt. For storage on low shelving with angular adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice depends on the application: for horizontal movement of heavy loads over short distances (construction sites, cement factories, sheet metal factories), the HHK 1000 is correctly sized. For storage on low shelving with fine adjustment capabilities, the HHK 800 RL is correctly sized. The two machines are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy a manual pallet jack and not an electric one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe price: the manual HHK costs significantly less than an electric EHS or EDS stacker. For applications with occasional use or without access to industrial three-phase current, the manual is the correct choice. For intensive continuous use, the electric one has higher productivity and justifies the higher investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEconomic comparison: manual HHK approximately €600-€1,200; electric EHS stacker approximately €3,000-€6,000; heavy-duty EDS stacker approximately €6,000-€12,000. For workshops with 5-10 movements per day, the manual is correctly sized; for 20-50 movements per day, consider an electric EHS; for over 50 movements per day, consider an EDS or industrial internal combustion engine forklifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much effort is needed to lift 1,000 kg with the manual pump?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hydraulic system is designed to reduce effort: typically 30-40 pumps to reach maximum height at full load. The force required on the lever is approximately 15-25 kg per pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive daily use, the cumulative effort can be significant: 30-40 pumps × 15-25 kg of force = typical physical work of a warehouse operator. For intensive continuous use, it is recommended to consider electric pallet jacks (EHS or EDS) to reduce fatigue. For occasional use (5-10 lifts per day), the manual effort is manageable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the forks width-adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the HHK 800 RL model, the forks have a fixed width of 150 mm and a free width between forks of 240 mm. They are not width-adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixed width is sized for standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm) and similar industrial pallets. For non-standard sized pallets (custom industrial, narrow pallets), check compatibility with the openings under the pallet in advance. For special sized pallets, consider pallet jacks with adjustable forks or special adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the parking brake adequate for slopes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manual parking brake is designed for flat surfaces or gentle slopes up to 5%. For steeper slopes, use additional chocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn slopes, the risk of the pallet jack rolling with a full load is significant: 1,000 kg on a 10% slope generates a force of 100 kgf that the manual brake cannot withstand. For applications on inclined construction sites or sloped warehouses, always use chocks and\/or additional mechanical anchors. Workplace safety regulations prohibit releasing the brake on slopes without additional restraints.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693526389064,"sku":"07-1087","price":2300.08,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-elevatore.jpg?v=1750070201"},{"product_id":"carrello-elevatore-con-guida-a-timone-elettrico-eds-1250-15","title":"Electric tiller stacker Bernardo EDS 1250 - 1.5 – capacity 1,250 kg, lift 1,520 mm, lift motor 2.2 kW + traction 1.2 kW, 24V battery","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS 1250 - 1.5 electric pallet stacker is a mid-to-heavy duty industrial electric stacker with a capacity of 1,250 kg and a maximum lift height of 1,520 mm. Center of gravity 600 mm, fork length 1150 mm, fork width 180 mm, lift motor 2.2 kW, traction motor 1.2 kW, 24V battery. Travel speed with load 5.2 km\/h, gradeability with load 6%. Lift speed with load 110 mm\/s, turning radius 1590 mm, wheelbase 1278 mm. Machine weight including battery 810 kg, dimensions 1.889 × 890 mm. Suitable for medium to large logistic warehouses, production facilities with multi-level shelving, distribution centers. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. lift height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift speed (with load):\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravel speed (with load):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.2 km\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift motor \/ traction motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW \/ 1.2 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 810 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EDS 1250 - 1.5 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS 1250 - 1.5 is a mid-to-heavy duty industrial electric pallet stacker with tiller steering (pedestrian operator walking behind the machine, not onboard). Key features compared to the lower-range EHS stackers: higher capacity (1,250 kg vs 1,000-1,500 kg), more powerful motors (lift 2.2 kW vs 1.5 kW for EHS, dedicated traction 1.2 kW), 24V battery (vs 12V for EHS) for extended operating autonomy, higher travel speed (5.2 km\/h with load vs 4 km\/h for EHS), gradeability with load 6%, turning radius 1,590 mm (vs 1,280 for EHS, slightly less maneuverable in exchange for higher capacity). Max height 1.5 m: dimensioned for low shelving, high workbenches, ergonomic positioning in production lines. The dedicated 1.2 kW traction motor (separate from lifting) allows continuous operating cycles without compromising between movement and lifting, a useful feature for series production with high cycle times. In Krollit customer workshops, the EDS 1250 - 1.5 is chosen by medium-large logistics warehouses, production facilities with intensive cycles, distribution centers, and heavy pallet material depots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS electric pedestrian stacker range is organized into 4 models by lift height, all with a capacity of 1,250 kg: EDS 1250-1.5 (lift 1,520 mm), EDS 1250-2.8 (lift 2,820 mm), EDS 1250-3.1 (lift 3,120 mm), EDS 1250-3.5 (lift 3,520 mm). All models share a 2.2 kW lift motor, 1.2 kW traction motor, 24V battery, 5.2 km\/h travel speed with load, 1,590 mm turning radius, and 1,278 mm wheelbase.\n\nThe EDS 1250 - 1.5 model has a max height of 1,520 mm, machine weight of 810 kg, and dimensions of 1.889 × 890 mm. Entry model: for ergonomic positioning applications, low shelving, high workbenches.\n\nDifference from the Bernardo EHS family: the EDS models have a dedicated traction motor (1.2 kW) and a 24V battery (vs only a lift motor and 12V battery for the EHS models): suitable for continuous intensive use. The EHS models are more economical and dimensioned for standard warehouse use. The 1,250 kg capacity of the EDS models is intermediate between the EHS 1000 and EHS 1500.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). The EDS EDS 1250 - 1.5 with a machine weight of 810 kg requires a pallet truck or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1.889 × 890 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine is supplied with a 24V battery and charger. Original Bernardo spare parts (batteries, motors, masts, wheels) available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the EDS 1250 - 1.5 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial truck: exclusively professional application for logistics warehouses and production facilities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 1.5 m shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg capacity. 1,520 mm height, dedicated 1.2 kW traction motor for continuous operating cycles. 5.2 km\/h travel speed with load for high cycle times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction facility with intensive use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V battery for extended autonomy, 2.2 kW lift motor for fast cycles. Suitable for series production with frequent handling of heavy pallets.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads under 1,000 kg (EHS stackers are more economical and correctly sized for standard loads); warehouses with narrow aisles under 2.5 m (1,590 mm turning radius requires a minimum aisle of 2.8 m); storage at heights above 1,520 mm (upgrade to a model with a higher lift or consider industrial trucks with mast shelving); hobby applications or small warehouses (oversized; consider manual HHKs or electric EHS models).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad and lift capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter of gravity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lift height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lift height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 \/ 170 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 \/ 130 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.2 \/ 5.5 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGradeability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade (with load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade (without load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotors and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraction motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1278 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e252 × 89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.889 × 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (mast retracted \/ extended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.976 \/ 1.976 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EDS 1250 - 1.5 electric pedestrian stacker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 24V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.2 kW lift motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2 kW traction motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth-adjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic control tiller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy EDS and not the lower EHS family?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EDS models have a dedicated traction motor (1.2 kW separate from lifting), a 24V battery (vs 12V for EHS), higher capacity (1,250 kg vs 1,000-1,500 kg), and a higher travel speed (5.2 vs 4 km\/h). For continuous intensive use, the EDS models are correctly sized; for standard warehouse use, the EHS models are more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEconomic comparison: standard EHS approx. €3,000-€6,000; heavy-duty EDS approx. €6,000-€12,000. The additional cost of the EDS models is justified by: continuous operating cycles (over 50 movements\/hour), medium-large warehouses with long distances between stations, applications where travel speed significantly impacts productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 1,520 mm height include the minimum fork height?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The value is the maximum height the forks can reach from the floor. The usable height for storage is calculated by subtracting the minimum fork height (81 mm) and the fork's own footprint (60 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical calculation: for shelving with a top shelf 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a max height of 1,520 mm is not sufficient; models with a greater height (3.1 or 3.5 m) are needed. For correct sizing, also consider the extended mast height (technical parameter) to check the warehouse ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the 24V battery last in intensive use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn continuous intensive use (50-80 movements\/hour), the 24V battery typically lasts 6-8 hours. In standard use (20-30 movements\/hour), it can extend to 8-10 hours. A full charge takes approximately 8-10 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor double-shift use without interruption, a spare battery or intermediate charging during breaks is recommended. 24V batteries have a typical lifespan of 4-6 years in standard intensive use before requiring replacement. Original Bernardo replacement batteries are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 6% gradeability with load sufficient?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most warehouses, yes. Standard loading ramps have a gradient of 6-8%, internal ramps between departments typically 3-5%. The 6% value refers to static gradient with nominal load; for steeper gradients, consider trucks with more powerful motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor gradients exceeding 6% (e.g., access to basements, steep loading ramps), it is recommended to move the load in two phases: ascent without load, lifting, horizontal movement. For applications with regular gradients over 10%, industrial trucks with superior traction (thermal engine or heavy industrial electric) are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 1,590 mm turning radius allow maneuvers in narrow aisles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard warehouse aisles (2.8-3.5 m), yes. For narrow aisles under 2.5 m, the EDS models require slower maneuvers or are not dimensioned. For warehouses with very narrow aisles (under 2 m), dedicated mast trucks or tri-lateral trucks are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct dimensioning of the warehouse layout in relation to the truck's turning radius is essential for productivity and safety. Check existing aisles against the truck's specifications in advance. For new warehouses, it is recommended to dimension aisles with at least 0.5 m margin beyond the selected truck's turning radius.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693532352840,"sku":"07-1070","price":12060.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-elevatore-con-guida-a-timone-elettrico-EDS-1250-1-5-extra-big-8565.jpg?v=1750070225"},{"product_id":"carrello-elevatore-con-guida-a-timone-elettrico-eds-1250-28","title":"Bernardo EDS 1250 - 2.8 electric pallet stacker – 1,250 kg capacity, 2,820 mm lift height, 2.2 kW lift motor + 1.2 kW traction motor, 24V battery","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS 1250 - 2.8 electric pallet truck with tiller guidance is a medium-heavy industrial electric stacker with a capacity of 1,250 kg and a maximum lifting height of 2,820 mm. Center of gravity 600 mm, fork length 1150 mm, fork width 180 mm, lifting motor 2.2 kW, traction motor 1.2 kW, 24V battery. Travel speed with load 5.2 km\/h, gradeability with load 6%. Lifting speed with load 110 mm\/s, turning radius 1590 mm, wheelbase 1278 mm. Machine weight including battery 890 kg, dimensions 1,908 × 890 mm. Suitable for medium-large logistics warehouses, production facilities with multi-level racking, distribution centers. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,820 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting speed (with load):\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravel speed (with load):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.2 km\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting motor \/ traction motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW \/ 1.2 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 890 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EDS 1250 - 2.8 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS 1250 - 2.8 is a medium-heavy industrial electric stacker with tiller guidance (pedestrian operator walking behind the machine, not on board). Distinctive features compared to the lower range EHS stackers: higher capacity (1,250 kg vs 1,000-1,500 kg), more powerful motors (lifting 2.2 kW vs 1.5 kW for EHS, dedicated traction 1.2 kW), 24V battery (vs 12V for EHS) for extended operating autonomy, higher travel speed (5.2 km\/h with load vs 4 km\/h for EHS), gradeability with load 6%, turning radius 1,590 mm (vs 1,280 for EHS, slightly less maneuverable in exchange for higher capacity). Max height 2.8 m: sized for standard 2-3 level racking, warehouses with standard multi-level storage. The dedicated 1.2 kW traction motor (separate from lifting) allows for continuous operating cycles without compromising between movement and lifting, a useful feature for high-cadence series production. In Krollit customer workshops, the EDS 1250 - 2.8 is chosen by medium-large logistics warehouses, production facilities with intensive cycles, distribution centers, and heavy pallet material depots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS electric tiller stacker range is organized into 4 models based on lifting height, all with a capacity of 1,250 kg: EDS 1250-1.5 (lifting 1,520 mm), EDS 1250-2.8 (lifting 2,820 mm), EDS 1250-3.1 (lifting 3,120 mm), EDS 1250-3.5 (lifting 3,520 mm). All models share a 2.2 kW lifting motor, 1.2 kW traction motor, 24V battery, travel speed 5.2 km\/h with load, turning radius 1,590 mm, wheelbase 1,278 mm. \n\nThe EDS 1250 - 2.8 model has a max height of 2,820 mm, machine weight of 890 kg, dimensions of 1,908 × 890 mm. Mid-range model: for standard 2-3 level racking, a balance between useful height and retracted mast dimensions.\n\nDifference from the Bernardo EHS family: EDS models have a dedicated traction motor (1.2 kW) and a 24V battery (vs only a lifting motor and 12V battery for EHS): suitable for intensive continuous use. EHS models are more economical and sized for standard warehouse use. The 1,250 kg capacity of EDS is intermediate between EHS 1000 and EHS 1500.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). The EDS EDS 1250 - 2.8 with a machine weight of 890 kg requires a pallet jack or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1,908 × 890 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine is supplied with a 24V battery and charger. Original Bernardo spare parts (batteries, motors, masts, wheels) are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the EDS 1250 - 2.8 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial truck: exclusively professional application for logistics warehouses and production facilities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 2.8 m racking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity 1,250 kg, height 2,820 mm, dedicated 1.2 kW traction motor for continuous operating cycles. Travel speed 5.2 km\/h with load for high throughput.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction facility with intensive use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V battery for extended autonomy, 2.2 kW lifting motor for rapid cycles. Suitable for series production with frequent handling of heavy pallets.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e capacities below 1,000 kg (EHS stackers are more economical and correctly sized for standard capacities); warehouses with narrow aisles less than 2.5 m (1,590 mm turning radius requires a minimum aisle of 2.8 m); storage at heights above 2,820 mm (move up to a model with greater height or consider industrial trucks with mast racking); hobby applications or small warehouses (oversized; consider manual HHK or electric EHS).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad capacity and lifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter of gravity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting (with\/without load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 \/ 170 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering (with\/without load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 \/ 130 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel (with\/without load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.2 \/ 5.5 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGradeability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGradeability (with load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGradeability (without load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotors and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraction motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1278 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e252 × 89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,908 × 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (mast retracted \/ extended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,946 \/ 3,276 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e890 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EDS 1250 - 2.8 electric tiller stacker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 24V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.2 kW lifting motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2 kW traction motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth-adjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiller with ergonomic control levers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy EDS and not EHS from the lower family?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEDS models have a dedicated traction motor (1.2 kW separate from lifting), a 24V battery (vs 12V for EHS), higher capacity (1,250 kg vs 1,000-1,500 kg), and higher travel speed (5.2 vs 4 km\/h). For intensive continuous use, EDS models are correctly sized; for standard warehouse use, EHS models are more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEconomic comparison: standard EHS approximately €3,000-€6,000; heavy EDS approximately €6,000-€12,000. The additional cost of EDS models is justified for: continuous operating cycles (over 50 movements\/hour), medium-large warehouses with long distances between stations, applications where travel speed significantly impacts productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 2,820 mm height consider the minimum fork height?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The value is the maximum height the forks can reach from the floor. The useful height for storage is calculated by subtracting the minimum fork height (81 mm) and the forks' own clearance (60 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical calculation: for racking with a floor at 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a max height of 2,820 mm is not sufficient; models with a greater height (3.1 or 3.5 m) are needed. For correct sizing, also consider the extended mast height (technical parameter) to check the warehouse ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the 24V battery last in intensive use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn intensive continuous use (50-80 movements\/hour), the 24V battery typically lasts 6-8 hours. In standard use (20-30 movements\/hour), it can extend to 8-10 hours. A full charge takes approximately 8-10 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor double-shift use without interruption, a spare battery or intermediate charging during breaks is recommended. 24V batteries typically have a service life of 4-6 years in standard intensive use before requiring replacement. Original Bernardo replacement batteries are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 6% gradeability with load sufficient?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most warehouses, yes. Standard loading ramps have a slope of 6-8%, internal ramps between departments typically 3-5%. The 6% value refers to static gradeability with nominal load; for steeper slopes, consider trucks with more powerful motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn slopes exceeding 6% (e.g., access to basements, steep loading ramps), it is recommended to move the load in two phases: ascent without load, lifting, horizontal transfer. For applications with regular slopes over 10%, industrial trucks with superior traction (internal combustion or heavy industrial electric) are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 1,590 mm turning radius allow maneuvers in narrow aisles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard warehouse aisles (2.8-3.5 m), yes. For narrow aisles less than 2.5 m, EDS models require slow maneuvers or are not sized for them. For warehouses with very narrow aisles (under 2 m), dedicated mast or trilateral trucks are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect sizing of the warehouse layout in relation to the truck's turning radius is essential for productivity and safety. Check existing aisles against the truck's specifications in advance. For new warehouses, it is recommended to size aisles with at least 0.5 m clearance beyond the chosen truck's turning radius.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693537595720,"sku":"07-1071","price":13013.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-elevatore-con-guida-a-timone-elettrico-EDS-1250-2-8-extra-big-8571.jpg?v=1750070248"},{"product_id":"carrello-elevatore-con-guida-a-timone-elettrico-eds-1250-31","title":"Electric tiller stacker Bernardo EDS 1250 - 3.1 – capacity 1,250 kg, lifting height 3,120 mm, lift motor 2.2 kW + traction 1.2 kW, battery 24V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS 1250 - 3.1 electric pallet truck is a mid-to-heavy-duty industrial electric stacker with a 1,250 kg capacity and a maximum lifting height of 3,120 mm. Center of gravity 600 mm, fork length 1150 mm, fork width 180 mm, lift motor 2.2 kW, drive motor 1.2 kW, 24V battery. Travel speed with load 5.2 km\/h, gradeability with load 6%. Lifting speed with load 110 mm\/s, turning radius 1590 mm, wheelbase 1278 mm. Machine weight including battery 910 kg, dimensions 1,908 × 890 mm. Suitable for medium-large logistics warehouses, production facilities with multi-level shelving, distribution centers. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting speed (with load):\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravel speed (with load):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.2 km\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift motor \/ drive motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW \/ 1.2 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 910 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EDS 1250 - 3.1 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS 1250 - 3.1 is a mid-to-heavy-duty industrial electric stacker with tiller steering (operator walks behind the machine, not on board). Distinguishing features compared to lower-range EHS stackers: higher capacity (1,250 kg vs 1,000-1,500 kg), more powerful motors (lift 2.2 kW vs 1.5 kW for EHS, dedicated drive 1.2 kW), 24V battery (vs 12V for EHS) for extended operating autonomy, higher travel speed (5.2 km\/h with load vs 4 km\/h for EHS), gradeability with load 6%, turning radius 1,590 mm (vs 1,280 mm for EHS, slightly less maneuverable in exchange for higher capacity). Max height 3.1 m: sized for 3-level high shelving, logistics warehouses with high-level storage. The dedicated 1.2 kW drive motor (separate from lifting) allows for continuous operating cycles without compromising between movement and lifting, a useful feature for high-cadence series production. In Krollit customer laboratories, the EDS 1250 - 3.1 is chosen by medium-large logistics warehouses, production facilities with intensive cycles, distribution centers, and heavy pallet material depots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS electric tiller stacker range is organized into 4 models by lifting height, all with a 1,250 kg capacity: EDS 1250-1.5 (lift 1,520 mm), EDS 1250-2.8 (lift 2,820 mm), EDS 1250-3.1 (lift 3,120 mm), EDS 1250-3.5 (lift 3,520 mm). All models share a 2.2 kW lift motor, 1.2 kW drive motor, 24V battery, 5.2 km\/h travel speed with load, 1,590 mm turning radius, 1,278 mm wheelbase. \n\nThe EDS 1250 - 3.1 model has a max height of 3,120 mm, machine weight of 910 kg, and dimensions of 1,908 × 890 mm. Mid-to-high range model: for 3-level shelving, warehouses with standard high-level storage.\n\nDifference with the Bernardo EHS family: EDS models have a dedicated drive motor (1.2 kW) and a 24V battery (vs only a lift motor and 12V battery for EHS): suitable for continuous intensive use. EHS models are more economical and sized for standard warehouse use. The 1,250 kg capacity of the EDS is intermediate between EHS 1000 and EHS 1500.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). The EDS 1250 - 3.1, with a machine weight of 910 kg, requires a pallet jack or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1,908 × 890 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine is supplied with a 24V battery and charger. Original Bernardo spare parts (batteries, motors, masts, wheels) are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the EDS 1250 - 3.1 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial truck: exclusively professional application for logistics warehouses and production facilities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 3.1 m shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity 1,250 kg. height 3,120 mm, dedicated 1.2 kW drive motor for continuous operating cycles. Travel speed 5.2 km\/h with load for high cadences.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction facility with intensive use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V battery for extended autonomy, 2.2 kW lift motor for fast cycles. Suitable for series production with frequent handling of heavy pallets.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads under 1,000 kg (EHS stackers are more economical and correctly sized for standard loads); warehouses with narrow aisles under 2.5 m (1,590 mm turning radius requires a minimum aisle of 2.8 m); storage at heights above 3,120 mm (upgrade to a model with greater height or consider industrial trucks with a mast rack); hobbyist applications or small warehouses (oversized; consider manual HHKs or electric EHSs).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad and lift capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter of gravity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 \/ 170 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 \/ 130 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.2 \/ 5.5 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGradeability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGradeability (with load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGradeability (without load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotors and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrive motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1278 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e252 × 89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,908 × 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (mast retracted \/ extended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,096 \/ 3,576 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EDS 1250 - 3.1 electric pallet truck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 24V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.2 kW lift motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2 kW drive motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiller with ergonomic control levers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE compliance documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy EDS and not EHS from the lower range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEDS models have a dedicated drive motor (1.2 kW separate from lifting), a 24V battery (vs 12V for EHS), higher capacity (1,250 kg vs 1,000-1,500 kg) and higher travel speed (5.2 vs 4 km\/h). For continuous intensive use, EDS models are correctly sized; for standard warehouse use, EHS models are more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEconomic comparison: standard EHS approx. €3,000-€6,000; heavy EDS approx. €6,000-€12,000. The additional cost of EDS models is justified for: continuous operating cycles (over 50 movements\/hour), medium-large warehouses with long distances between stations, applications where travel speed significantly impacts productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 3,120 mm height consider the minimum fork height?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This value is the maximum height the forks can reach from the floor. The usable storage height is calculated by subtracting the minimum fork height (81 mm) and the fork's own bulk (60 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical calculation: for shelving with a level 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a max height of 3,120 mm is sufficient with margin. For correct sizing, also consider the height of the extended mast (technical parameter) to check the warehouse ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the 24V battery last in intensive use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn continuous intensive use (50-80 movements\/hour), the 24V battery typically lasts 6-8 hours. In standard use (20-30 movements\/hour), it can extend to 8-10 hours. A full charge takes approximately 8-10 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor double-shift use without interruption, a spare battery or intermediate charging during breaks is recommended. 24V batteries typically have a service life of 4-6 years in standard intensive use before requiring replacement. Original Bernardo replacement batteries are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 6% gradeability with load sufficient?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most warehouses, yes. Standard loading ramps have a 6-8% incline, internal ramps between departments typically 3-5%. The 6% value refers to static gradeability with nominal load; for steeper inclines, consider trucks with more powerful motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn inclines steeper than 6% (e.g., access to basements, steep loading ramps), it is recommended to move the load in two stages: ascent without load, lifting, horizontal movement. For applications with regular inclines over 10%, industrial trucks with superior traction (thermal engine or heavy industrial electric) are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 1,590 mm turning radius allow maneuvers in narrow aisles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard warehouse aisles (2.8-3.5 m), yes. For narrow aisles under 2.5 m, EDS models require slowed maneuvers or are not sized for them. For warehouses with very narrow aisles (under 2 m), dedicated mast trucks or trilateral trucks are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect sizing of the warehouse layout in relation to the truck's turning radius is essential for productivity and safety. Check existing aisles against truck specifications in advance. For new warehouses, it is recommended to size aisles with at least 0.5 m of margin beyond the chosen truck's turning radius.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693543166280,"sku":"07-1072","price":13245.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-elevatore-con-guida-a-timone-elettrico-EDS-1250-3-1-extra-big-8577.jpg?v=1750070270"},{"product_id":"carrello-elevatore-con-guida-a-timone-elettrico-eds-1250-3-5","title":"Electric pallet stacker Bernardo EDS 1250 - 3.5 – capacity 1,250 kg, lifting height 3,520 mm, lift motor 2.2 kW + traction motor 1.2 kW, 24V battery","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS 1250 - 3.5 electric pallet truck is a mid-heavy duty industrial electric stacker with a capacity of 1,250 kg and a maximum lifting height of 3,520 mm. Load center 600 mm, fork length 1150 mm, fork width 180 mm, lift motor 2.2 kW, drive motor 1.2 kW, 24V battery. Travel speed with load 5.2 km\/h, gradeability with load 6%. Lift speed with load 110 mm\/s, turning radius 1590 mm, wheelbase 1278 mm. Machine weight including battery 930 kg, dimensions 1,908 × 890 mm. Suitable for medium-large logistics warehouses, production facilities with multi-level shelving, distribution centers. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift speed (with load):\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravel speed (with load):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.2 km\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift\/drive motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW \/ 1.2 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 930 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EDS 1250 - 3.5 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS 1250 - 3.5 is a mid-heavy duty industrial electric stacker with tiller steering (pedestrian operator walking behind the machine, not on board). Distinctive features compared to lower-range EHS stackers: higher capacity (1,250 kg vs 1,000-1,500 kg), more powerful motors (lift 2.2 kW vs 1.5 kW for EHS, dedicated drive 1.2 kW), 24V battery (vs 12V for EHS) for extended operating autonomy, higher travel speed (5.2 km\/h with load vs 4 km\/h for EHS), gradeability with load 6%, turning radius 1,590 mm (vs 1,280 mm for EHS, slightly less maneuverable in exchange for higher capacity). Max height 3.5 m: top of the EDS range for professional logistics warehouses with high multi-level shelving. The dedicated 1.2 kW drive motor (separate from the lift) allows continuous operational cycles without compromise between movement and lifting, a useful feature for high-volume series production. In Krollit customer facilities, the EDS 1250 - 3.5 is chosen by medium-large logistics warehouses, production facilities with intensive cycles, distribution centers, and heavy pallet material storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EDS electric pallet truck range is organized into 4 models by lifting height, all with a capacity of 1,250 kg: EDS 1250-1.5 (lift 1,520 mm), EDS 1250-2.8 (lift 2,820 mm), EDS 1250-3.1 (lift 3,120 mm), EDS 1250-3.5 (lift 3,520 mm). All models share a 2.2 kW lift motor, 1.2 kW drive motor, 24V battery, 5.2 km\/h travel speed with load, 1,590 mm turning radius, 1,278 mm wheelbase.\n\nThe EDS 1250 - 3.5 model has a max height of 3,520 mm, machine weight of 930 kg, and dimensions of 1,908 × 890 mm. Top of the range model: the maximum useful height of the EDS family. Check the warehouse ceiling height in relation to the extended mast (3,976 mm).\n\nDifference from the Bernardo EHS family: EDS models have a dedicated drive motor (1.2 kW) and a 24V battery (vs only a lift motor and 12V battery for EHS): suitable for continuous intensive use. EHS models are more economical and sized for standard warehouse use. The 1,250 kg capacity of the EDS is intermediate between EHS 1000 and EHS 1500.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). The EDS 1250 - 3.5, with a machine weight of 930 kg, requires a pallet truck or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1,908 × 890 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine is supplied with a 24V battery and charger. Original Bernardo spare parts (batteries, motors, masts, wheels) are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the EDS 1250 - 3.5 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial truck: exclusively professional application for logistics warehouses and production facilities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 3.5 m shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg capacity, 3,520 mm height, dedicated 1.2 kW drive motor for continuous operational cycles. 5.2 km\/h travel speed with load for high throughput.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction facility with intensive use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V battery for extended autonomy, 2.2 kW lift motor for rapid cycles. Suitable for series production with frequent handling of heavy pallets.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads under 1,000 kg (EHS stackers are more economical and correctly sized for standard loads); warehouses with narrow aisles under 2.5 m (1,590 mm turning radius requires a minimum aisle of 2.8 m); storage at heights above 3,520 mm (move up to a model with greater height or consider industrial trucks with mast shelving); hobby applications or small warehouses (oversized; consider manual HHK or electric EHS).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad and lift capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad center\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance between forks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting (with\/without load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 \/ 170 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering (with\/without load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 \/ 130 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel (with\/without load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.2 \/ 5.5 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGradeability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGradeability (with load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGradeability (without load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotors and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrive motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1278 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e252 × 89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,908 × 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (mast retracted \/ extended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,296 \/ 3,976 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EDS 1250 - 3.5 electric pallet truck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 24V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.2 kW lift motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2 kW drive motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth-adjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic control tiller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy EDS and not EHS from the lower family?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEDS models have a dedicated drive motor (1.2 kW separate from lifting), a 24V battery (vs 12V for EHS), higher capacity (1,250 kg vs 1,000-1,500 kg), and higher travel speed (5.2 vs 4 km\/h). For continuous intensive use, EDS models are correctly sized; for standard warehouse use, EHS models are more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEconomic comparison: standard EHS approx. €3,000-€6,000; heavy-duty EDS approx. €6,000-€12,000. The additional cost of EDS models is justified for: continuous operational cycles (over 50 movements\/hour), medium-large warehouses with long travel distances between stations, applications where travel speed significantly affects productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 3,520 mm height consider the minimum fork height?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The value is the maximum height reachable by the forks from the floor. The useful height for storage is calculated by subtracting the minimum fork height (81 mm) and the fork's own clearance (60 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical calculation: for shelving with a floor at 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a max height of 3,520 mm is sufficient with margin. For correct sizing, also consider the extended mast height (technical parameter) to check the warehouse ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the 24V battery last in intensive use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn continuous intensive use (50-80 movements\/hour), the 24V battery typically lasts 6-8 hours. In standard use (20-30 movements\/hour), it can extend to 8-10 hours. A full recharge takes approximately 8-10 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor double-shift use without interruption, a spare battery or intermediate charging during breaks is recommended. 24V batteries have a typical lifespan of 4-6 years in standard intensive use before requiring replacement. Original Bernardo replacement batteries are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 6% gradeability with load sufficient?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most warehouses, yes. Standard loading ramps have a gradient of 6-8%, internal ramps between departments typically 3-5%. The 6% value refers to static gradeability with nominal load; for steeper gradients, consider trucks with more powerful motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn gradients exceeding 6% (e.g., access to basements, steep loading ramps), it is recommended to handle the load in two phases: ascent without load, lifting, horizontal movement. For applications with regular gradients over 10%, industrial trucks with superior traction (internal combustion engine or heavy-duty electric) are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 1,590 mm turning radius allow maneuvers in narrow aisles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard warehouse aisles (2.8-3.5 m), yes. For narrow aisles under 2.5 m, EDS models require slowed maneuvers or are not sized correctly. For warehouses with very narrow aisles (under 2 m), dedicated mast or trilateral trucks are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct sizing of the warehouse layout in relation to the truck's turning radius is essential for productivity and safety. Check existing aisles against truck specifications in advance. For new warehouses, it is recommended to size aisles with at least 0.5 m margin beyond the chosen truck's turning radius.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693548933448,"sku":"07-1073","price":13632.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-elevatore-con-guida-a-timone-elettrico-EDS-1250-3-5-extra-big-8583.jpg?v=1750070292"},{"product_id":"carrello-elevatore-rhw-1000","title":"Bernardo RHW 1000 Pallet Truck with Special Coiled Forks – capacity 2,000 kg, coil Ø 800-1200 mm, lift 115 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW 1000 special fork pallet truck for coils is sized for handling industrial cylindrical coils with a diameter of 800-1200 mm. It offers a maximum capacity of 2,000 kg, fork length of 1150 mm, fork width of 225 mm, overall width of 1000 mm, minimum fork height of 200 mm, maximum lifting height of 115 mm, steering angle of 90°, turning radius of 1340 mm, and overall dimensions of 1,600 × 1,000 × 1,230 mm. Suitable for warehouses, paper mills, sheet metal factories, and plants that regularly handle standard cylindrical coils. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible coil diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 - 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 225 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning radius:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1340 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the RHW 1000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW 1000 is a special fork pallet truck designed for handling industrial cylindrical coils with a diameter between 800 and 1200 mm. The forks have a specific geometry (225 mm width) to accommodate the coil's diameter without damaging the roll during lifting. Construction feature: the 2,000 kg capacity is the same for all RHW models; the difference between the models is only in the fork dimensions (width, total machine width) to accommodate coils of different diameters. The maximum lifting height of 115 mm is sized for lifting from the ground to a standard level (e.g., loading onto a truck, positioning on a low shelf). For high-level storage on multiple shelves, dedicated EHS stackers or forklifts are needed. In Krollit customer workshops, the RHW 1000 pallet truck is chosen by paper mills for handling paper rolls, sheet metal factories for managing sheet metal coils, cable manufacturers for industrial cable rolls, textile factories for fabric rolls, and logistics warehouses with standard coils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW pallet truck range for cylindrical coils is organized into 4 models by coil diameter: RHW 500 (400-600 mm coils), RHW 700 (600-800 mm), RHW 1000 (800-1,200 mm), RHW 1500 (1,200-1,600 mm). All models share the 2,000 kg capacity and 115 mm lifting height: the difference is exclusively in the fork size to adapt to the diameter of the coil being handled. \n\nFor the RHW 1000 model (800-1200 mm coils), check the typical diameter of the coils in the warehouse: a coil that is too small on the forks of a large model risks slipping during handling; a coil that is too large will not fit into the forks of a small model. Choosing the correct model is essential for safety and functionality. \n\nDifference with the Bernardo EHS series: RHW are manual pallet trucks for horizontal handling of coils (maximum lift 115 mm); EHS are electric stackers for high-level pallet storage (lift up to 3,500 mm). They are products for completely different applications even though both are forklifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). The RHW 1000 pallet truck is shipped on a protective pallet. Dimensions 1,600 × 1,000 × 1,230 mm: check warehouse access for unloading. Original Bernardo spare parts (rollers, wheels, handles) available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the RHW 1000 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe RHW pallet truck is an industrial tool for coil handling: exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaper mill \/ cable factory \/ sheet metal factory with 800-1200 mm coils\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForks sized specifically for the typical diameter. 2,000 kg capacity sufficient for most standard industrial coils.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with standard coil handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width 1000 mm and turning radius 1,340 mm for maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling coils with a diameter outside the 800-1200 mm range (check the model with the correct range: RHW 500, 700, 1000 or 1500); storing pallets on multi-level shelving (EHS stackers are correctly sized); handling loads over 2,000 kg (lift limited to 115 mm and max capacity 2,000 kg); applications where horizontal handling of standard pallets is needed (use standard manual pallet trucks for pallets, not for coils).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible coil diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 - 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum fork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering wheel dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (l1 × b5 × h14)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 × 1,000 × 1,230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo RHW 1000 special fork pallet truck for coils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForks sized for the specific coil diameter range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual hydraulic lifting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic swivel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I also use the RHW 1000 for standard pallets?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The forks of the RHW pallet truck are specifically sized to accommodate cylindrical coils with the indicated diameter. The geometry of the forks is not compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor handling standard pallets, standard manual pallet trucks with standard forks are needed, sized for the openings under the pallet (typically 95-110 mm open fork height). Krollit also supplies standard pallet trucks in its catalog. For mixed applications, consider a standard pallet truck + a separate coil handling system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a 115 mm lifting height really sufficient?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor coil handling, yes. The RHW pallet truck lifts the coil 115 mm from the floor, which is sufficient to move it horizontally without dragging. It is not correctly sized for high-level storage on shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 115 mm height is standard for manual pallet trucks: it is the lift value sufficient to overcome floor imperfections (joints, slight slopes, steps up to 50 mm) during horizontal transport. To place the coil on shelving above ground, a forklift with higher lift is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I handle empty coils smaller than the minimum 800 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot recommended. Coils below the minimum diameter of 800 mm risk slipping sideways in the forks during lifting or adopting unstable positions that can cause falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor smaller diameter coils, consider the RHW model with a smaller range (e.g., RHW 500 for 400-600 mm, RHW 700 for 600-800 mm) or different handling systems such as rotating clamps or scoop hooks. The correct sizing of the pallet truck relative to the coil diameter is essential for safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 2,000 kg capacity the same for all RHW models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The mechanical structure of the frame and the hydraulic system is the same for RHW 500, 700, 1000, and 1500: maximum capacity 2,000 kg for all. The difference between the models is exclusively the size of the forks to accommodate coils of different diameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2,000 kg capacity limit applies to vertical static load with the coil centered on the forks. For eccentric or decentralized coils, the effective capacity is reduced. Always check the actual weight of the coil before lifting. For coils over 2,000 kg, dedicated heavy industrial handling systems are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wheels suitable for industrial floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The steering wheel Ø 200 × 50 mm and load rollers Ø 82 × 70 mm are made of high-resistance polyurethane, sized for standard industrial floors (smooth concrete, industrial tiles, epoxy resins).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor very rough or damaged floors, the wheels may wear out more quickly. For environments with oil, solvents, or metal shavings, consider periodic replacement of the wheels. Original Bernardo replacement wheels are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693554241864,"sku":"07-1023","price":1488.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Transpallet-3.jpg?v=1750070316"},{"product_id":"carrello-elevatore-rhw-1500","title":"Bernardo RHW 1500 Coil Pallet Truck – capacity 2,000 kg, coil Ø 1200-1600 mm, lift 115 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW 1500 special fork pallet truck for coils is designed for handling industrial cylindrical coils with a diameter of 1200-1600 mm. It offers a maximum capacity of 2,000 kg, fork length of 1150 mm, fork width of 180 mm, overall width of 1150 mm, minimum fork height of 190 mm, maximum lifting height of 115 mm, steering angle of 90°, turning radius of 1340 mm, and overall dimensions of 1,600 × 1,150 × 1,230 mm. Suitable for warehouses, paper mills, steel mills, and factories that regularly handle standard cylindrical coils. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible coil diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200 - 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning radius:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1340 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the RHW 1500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW 1500 is a special fork pallet truck designed for handling industrial cylindrical coils with a diameter between 1200 and 1600 mm. The forks have a specific geometry (180 mm width) to accommodate the coil diameter without damaging the roll during lifting. Construction feature: the 2,000 kg capacity is the same for all RHW models; the difference between the models is only in the dimensions of the forks (width, total machine width) to accommodate coils of different diameters. The maximum lifting height of 115 mm is dimensioned for lifting from the ground to a standard level (e.g., loading onto a truck, positioning on a low shelf). For high-level storage on multiple shelves, EHS stackers or dedicated forklifts are needed. In Krollit customer laboratories, the RHW 1500 pallet truck is chosen by paper mills for handling paper rolls, steel mills for managing sheet metal coils, cable factories for industrial cable reels, textile factories for fabric rolls, and logistics warehouses with standard coils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW range of pallet trucks for cylindrical coils is organized into 4 models by coil diameter: RHW 500 (400-600 mm coils), RHW 700 (600-800 mm), RHW 1000 (800-1,200 mm), RHW 1500 (1,200-1,600 mm). All models share the 2,000 kg capacity and 115 mm lifting height: the difference is exclusively the size of the forks to adapt to the diameter of the coil being handled. \n\nFor the RHW 1500 model (1200-1600 mm coils), check the typical diameter of the coils in stock: a coil that is too small on the forks of a large model risks slipping during handling; a coil that is too large will not fit into the forks of a small model. Choosing the correct model is essential for safety and functionality. \n\nDifference from the Bernardo EHS series: RHW are manual pallet trucks for horizontal handling of coils (maximum lift 115 mm); EHS are electric stackers for high-level storage of pallets (lift up to 3,500 mm). They are products for completely different applications even though both are forklifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). The RHW 1500 pallet truck is shipped on a protective pallet. Dimensions 1,600 × 1,150 × 1,230 mm: check warehouse access for unloading. Original Bernardo spare parts (rollers, wheels, handles) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the RHW 1500 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe RHW pallet truck is an industrial tool for coil handling: exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaper mill \/ cable factory \/ steel mill with 1200-1600 mm coils\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForks specifically dimensioned for the typical diameter. 2,000 kg capacity sufficient for most standard industrial coils.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with standard coil handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width 1150 mm and turning radius 1,340 mm for maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling coils with diameters outside the 1200-1600 mm range (check the model with the correct range: RHW 500, 700, 1000 or 1500); storing pallets on multi-level shelving (EHS stackers are correctly dimensioned); handling loads exceeding 2,000 kg (lifting limited to 115 mm and max capacity 2,000 kg); applications requiring horizontal handling of standard pallets (use standard manual pallet trucks for pallets, not for coils).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible coil diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 - 1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum fork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (l1 × b5 × h14)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 × 1,150 × 1,230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo RHW 1500 special fork pallet truck for coils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForks dimensioned for the specific coil diameter range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual hydraulic lifting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic swivel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I also use the RHW 1500 for standard pallets?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The forks of the RHW pallet truck are specifically dimensioned to accommodate cylindrical coils with the indicated diameter. The fork geometry is not compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor handling standard pallets, manual pallet trucks with standard forks are needed, dimensioned for the openings under the pallet (typically 95-110 mm open fork height). Krollit also supplies standard pallet trucks in its catalog. For mixed applications, consider a standard pallet truck + separate coil handling system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 115 mm lifting height really sufficient?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor coil handling, yes. The RHW pallet truck lifts the coil from the floor by 115 mm, which is sufficient to move it horizontally without dragging. It is not correctly dimensioned for high-level storage on shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 115 mm height is standard for manual pallet trucks: it is the lift value sufficient to overcome floor imperfections (joints, slight slopes, steps up to 50 mm) during horizontal transport. To place the coil on shelving above the ground, a forklift with higher lift is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I handle empty coils smaller than the minimum 1200 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot recommended. Coils below the minimum diameter of 1200 mm risk slipping sideways in the forks during lifting or adopting unstable positions that can cause falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor smaller diameter coils, consider the RHW model with a smaller range (e.g., RHW 500 for 400-600 mm, RHW 700 for 600-800 mm) or different handling systems such as rotating clamps or scoop hooks. The correct dimensioning of the pallet truck relative to the coil diameter is essential for safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 2,000 kg capacity the same for all RHW models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The mechanical structure of the frame and the hydraulic system is the same for RHW 500, 700, 1000, and 1500: maximum capacity 2,000 kg for all. The difference between the models is exclusively the size of the forks to accommodate coils of different diameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2,000 kg capacity limit applies to vertical static load with the coil centered on the forks. For eccentric or decentralized coils, the effective capacity is reduced. Always check the actual weight of the coil before lifting. For coils over 2,000 kg, dedicated heavy industrial handling systems are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wheels suitable for industrial floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Ø 200 × 50 mm steering roller and the Ø 82 × 70 mm load rollers are made of high-strength polyurethane, dimensioned for standard industrial floors (smooth concrete, industrial tiles, epoxy resins).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor very rough or damaged floors, the wheels may wear out more quickly. For environments with oil, solvents, or metal shavings, consider periodic replacement of the wheels. Original Bernardo replacement wheels are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693560205640,"sku":"07-1024","price":1781.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Transpallet-3_650fe610-1c92-4142-a4eb-56ba4e8f16ad.jpg?v=1750070337"},{"product_id":"carrello-elevatore-rhw-500","title":"Pallet truck with special forks for coils Bernardo RHW 500 – load capacity 2,000 kg, coil Ø 400-600 mm, lift 115 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW 500 special fork pallet truck for coils is designed for handling industrial cylindrical coils with a diameter of 400-600 mm. It offers a maximum capacity of 2,000 kg, fork length of 1150 mm, fork width of 200 mm, overall width of 760 mm, minimum fork height of 175 mm, maximum lift height of 115 mm, steering angle of 90°, turning radius of 1340 mm, and overall dimensions of 1,600 × 760 × 1,230 mm. Suitable for warehouses, paper mills, sheet metal factories, and plants that regularly handle standard cylindrical coils. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible coil diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 - 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 760 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax lift height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning radius:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1340 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the RHW 500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW 500 is a special fork pallet truck designed for handling industrial cylindrical coils with a diameter between 400 and 600 mm. The forks have a specific geometry (width 200 mm) to accommodate the coil diameter without damaging the roll during lifting. Construction feature: the 2,000 kg capacity is the same for all RHW models; the difference between the models is only in the fork dimensions (width, overall machine width) to accommodate coils of different diameters. The maximum lift height of 115 mm is designed for lifting from the ground to a standard level (e.g., loading onto a truck, positioning on a low shelf). For high-rise storage on multiple shelves, EHS stackers or dedicated forklifts are required. At Krollit's customer sites, the RHW 500 pallet truck is chosen by paper mills for handling paper coils, sheet metal factories for managing sheet metal coils, cable factories for industrial cable rolls, textile factories for fabric coils, and logistics warehouses with standard coils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW pallet truck range for cylindrical coils is organized into 4 models by coil diameter: RHW 500 (coils 400-600 mm), RHW 700 (600-800 mm), RHW 1000 (800-1,200 mm), RHW 1500 (1,200-1,600 mm). All models share a 2,000 kg capacity and 115 mm lift height: the difference is exclusively the fork size to adapt to the diameter of the coil being handled. \n\nFor the RHW 500 model (400-600 mm coils), check the typical diameter of the coils in stock: a coil that is too small on the forks of a large model risks slipping during handling; a coil that is too large will not fit on the forks of a small model. Choosing the correct model is essential for safety and functionality. \n\nDifference from the Bernardo EHS series: RHW are manual pallet trucks for horizontal handling of coils (maximum lift 115 mm); EHS are electric stackers for high-rise storage of pallets (lift up to 3,500 mm). They are products for completely different applications even though both are forklifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). The RHW 500 pallet truck is shipped on a protective pallet. Dimensions 1,600 × 760 × 1,230 mm: verify warehouse access for unloading. Original Bernardo spare parts (rollers, wheels, handles) available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the RHW 500 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe RHW pallet truck is an industrial tool for coil handling: exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaper mill \/ cable factory \/ sheet metal factory with 400-600 mm coils\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForks specifically sized for the typical diameter. 2,000 kg capacity sufficient for most standard industrial coils.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with standard coil handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width of 760 mm and turning radius of 1,340 mm for maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling coils with diameters outside the 400-600 mm range (check the model with the correct range: RHW 500, 700, 1000 or 1500); storing pallets on multi-level shelving (EHS stackers are correctly sized); handling loads over 2,000 kg (lift limited to 115 mm and max capacity 2,000 kg); applications requiring horizontal handling of standard pallets (use a standard manual pallet truck for pallets, not for coils).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible coil diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 - 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax lift height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin fork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering wheel dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (l1 × b5 × h14)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 × 760 × 1,230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo RHW 500 special fork pallet truck for coils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForks sized for the specific coil diameter range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual hydraulic lifting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic swivel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I also use the RHW 500 for standard pallets?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The forks of the RHW pallet truck are specifically sized to accommodate cylindrical coils within the indicated diameter range. The geometry of the forks is not compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor handling standard pallets, standard manual pallet trucks with standard forks are required, sized for the openings under the pallet (typically 95-110 mm open fork height). Krollit also supplies standard pallet trucks in its catalog. For mixed applications, consider a standard pallet truck + separate coil handling system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 115 mm lift height really sufficient?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for coil handling. The RHW pallet truck lifts the coil 115 mm from the floor, which is sufficient to move it horizontally without dragging. It is not correctly sized for high-rise storage on shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 115 mm height is standard for manual pallet trucks: it is the lift value sufficient to overcome floor imperfections (joints, slight slopes, steps up to 50 mm) during horizontal transport. To place the coil on shelving above ground, a forklift with higher lift is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I handle empty coils smaller than the minimum 400 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot recommended. Coils below the minimum diameter of 400 mm risk slipping sideways in the forks during lifting or adopting unstable positions that can cause falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor coils of smaller diameter, consider the RHW model with a smaller range (e.g., RHW 500 for 400-600 mm, RHW 700 for 600-800 mm) or different handling systems such as rotating clamps or scoop hooks. The correct sizing of the pallet truck relative to the coil diameter is essential for safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 2,000 kg capacity the same for all RHW models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The mechanical structure of the frame and the hydraulic system is the same for RHW 500, 700, 1000, and 1500: maximum capacity 2,000 kg for all. The difference between the models is exclusively the size of the forks to accommodate coils of different diameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2,000 kg capacity limit applies to vertical static load with the coil centered on the forks. For eccentric or decentralized coils, the effective capacity is reduced. Always check the actual weight of the coil before lifting. For coils over 2,000 kg, dedicated heavy industrial handling systems are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wheels suitable for industrial floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The steering roller Ø 200 × 50 mm and the load rollers Ø 82 × 70 mm are made of high-resistance polyurethane, sized for standard industrial floors (smooth concrete, industrial tiles, epoxy resins).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor very rough or damaged floors, the wheels may wear out more quickly. For environments with oil, solvents, or metal shavings, consider periodic replacement of the wheels. Original Bernardo replacement wheels are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693565972808,"sku":"07-1021","price":1232.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-elevatore-RHW-500-extra-big-8448.jpg?v=1750070359"},{"product_id":"carrello-elevatore-rhw-700","title":"Bernardo RHW 700 Special Coil Pallet Truck – 2,000 kg capacity, 600-800 mm coil Ø, 115 mm lift","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW 700 special fork pallet truck for coils is designed for handling industrial cylindrical coils with a diameter of 600-800 mm. It offers a maximum capacity of 2,000 kg, fork length of 1150 mm, fork width of 200 mm, overall width of 850 mm, minimum fork height of 175 mm, maximum lift height of 115 mm, steering angle of 90°, turning radius of 1340 mm, and overall dimensions of 1,600 × 850 × 1,230 mm. Suitable for warehouses, paper mills, sheet metal factories, and plants that regularly handle standard cylindrical coils. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible coil diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 - 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 850 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning radius:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1340 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the RHW 700 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW 700 is a special fork pallet truck designed for handling industrial cylindrical coils with a diameter between 600 and 800 mm. The forks have a specific geometry (width 200 mm) to accommodate the coil diameter without damaging the roll during lifting. Construction feature: the 2,000 kg capacity is the same for all RHW models; the difference between the models is only in the fork dimensions (width, overall machine width) to accommodate coils of different diameters. The maximum lifting height of 115 mm is dimensioned for lifting from the ground to a standard level (e.g., loading onto a truck, positioning on a low shelf). For high-level storage on multiple shelves, EHS stackers or dedicated forklifts are required. In Krollit's customers' workshops, the RHW 700 pallet truck is chosen by paper mills for handling paper coils, sheet metal factories for managing sheet metal coils, cable factories for industrial cable rolls, textile factories for fabric coils, and logistics warehouses with standard coils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RHW pallet truck range for cylindrical coils is organized into 4 models by coil diameter: RHW 500 (400-600 mm coils), RHW 700 (600-800 mm), RHW 1000 (800-1,200 mm), RHW 1500 (1,200-1,600 mm). All models share the 2,000 kg capacity and 115 mm lifting height: the difference is exclusively the size of the forks to adapt to the diameter of the coil being handled. \n\nFor the RHW 700 model (600-800 mm coils), check the typical diameter of the coils in the warehouse: a coil that is too small on the forks of a large model risks slipping during handling; a coil that is too large will not fit into the forks of a small model. Choosing the correct model is essential for safety and functionality. \n\nDifference with the Bernardo EHS series: RHW are manual pallet trucks for horizontal handling of coils (maximum lift 115 mm); EHS are electric stackers for high-level storage of pallets (lift up to 3,500 mm). They are products for completely different applications, even if both are forklifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). The RHW 700 pallet truck is shipped on a protective pallet. Dimensions 1,600 × 850 × 1,230 mm: check warehouse access for unloading. Original Bernardo spare parts (rollers, wheels, handles) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the RHW 700 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe RHW pallet truck is an industrial tool for coil handling: exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaper mill \/ cable factory \/ sheet metal factory with 600-800 mm coils\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForks specifically sized for the typical diameter. 2,000 kg capacity sufficient for most standard industrial coils.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with standard coil handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width 850 mm and turning radius 1,340 mm for maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling coils with a diameter outside the 600-800 mm range (check the model with the correct range: RHW 500, 700, 1000 or 1500); storing pallets on multi-level shelving (EHS stackers are correctly sized); handling loads exceeding 2,000 kg (lifting limited to 115 mm and max capacity 2,000 kg); applications requiring horizontal handling of standard pallets (use a standard manual pallet truck for pallets, not for coils).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible coil diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 - 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum fork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (l1 × b5 × h14)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 × 850 × 1,230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo RHW 700 special fork pallet truck for coils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForks sized for the specific coil diameter range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual hydraulic lifting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic swivel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I also use the RHW 700 for standard pallets?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The RHW pallet truck forks are specifically sized to accommodate cylindrical coils with the indicated diameter. The fork geometry is not compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor handling standard pallets, standard fork manual pallet trucks are required, sized for the openings under the pallet (typically 95-110 mm open fork height). Krollit also provides standard pallet trucks in its catalog. For mixed applications, consider a standard pallet truck + separate coil handling system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 115 mm lifting height really sufficient?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for coil handling. The RHW pallet truck lifts the coil from the floor by 115 mm, which is sufficient to move it horizontally without dragging. It is not correctly sized for high-level storage on shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 115 mm height is standard for manual pallet trucks: it is the lift value sufficient to overcome floor imperfections (joints, slight slopes, steps up to 50 mm) during horizontal transport. To place the coil on shelving above ground, a forklift with a higher lift is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I handle empty coils smaller than the minimum 600 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot recommended. Coils below the minimum diameter of 600 mm risk slipping sideways in the forks during lifting or assuming unstable positions that can cause falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor coils of smaller diameter, consider the RHW model with a smaller range (e.g., RHW 500 for 400-600 mm, RHW 700 for 600-800 mm) or different handling systems such as rotating clamps or spade hooks. The correct sizing of the pallet truck for the coil diameter is essential for safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 2,000 kg capacity the same for all RHW models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The mechanical structure of the frame and the hydraulic system is the same for RHW 500, 700, 1000, and 1500: maximum capacity 2,000 kg for all. The difference between the models is exclusively the size of the forks to accommodate coils of different diameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2,000 kg capacity limit applies to vertical static load with the coil centered on the forks. For eccentric or decentralized coils, the effective capacity is reduced. Always check the actual weight of the coil before lifting. For coils over 2,000 kg, dedicated heavy industrial handling systems are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wheels suitable for industrial floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Ø 200 × 50 mm steering roller and Ø 82 × 70 mm load rollers are made of high-strength polyurethane, sized for standard industrial floors (smoothed concrete, industrial tiles, epoxy resins).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor very rough or damaged floors, the wheels may wear out more quickly. For environments with oil, solvents, or metal shavings, consider periodic replacement of the wheels. Original Bernardo replacement wheels are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693571346760,"sku":"07-1022","price":1415.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-elevatore-RHW-700-extra-big-18764-735.jpg?v=1750070379"},{"product_id":"carrello-idraulico-elettrico-ehs-1500-35","title":"Bernardo EHS 1500 - 3.5 Electric Stacker – capacity 1,500 kg, lifting height 3,500 mm, 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, weight 570 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1500 - 3.5 electric stacker is a hydraulic-electric truck for handling and storing palletized loads with a maximum capacity of 1,500 kg and a maximum lifting height of 3,500 mm. Center of gravity 600 mm, fork length 1140 mm, fork width 180 mm, minimum lifting height 85 mm. Lifting speed with load 65 mm\/s, lowering speed with load 85 mm\/s. Lifting motor 1.5 kW, battery 12V, turning radius 1280 mm, wheelbase 1160 mm. Machine weight including battery 570 kg, dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm. Suitable for logistics warehouses, industrial shelving, palletized material depots. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting speed (loaded\/unloaded):\u003c\/strong\u003e 65\/100 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 570 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EHS 1500 - 3.5 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1500 - 3.5 is an electric stacker (pallet truck with tiller steering) sized for handling and storing pallets on multiple racks. Distinctive features: 1,500 kg capacity, 3,500 mm maximum lifting height. The number in the name (e.g., EHS 1 - 3.5) summarizes the 2 key characteristics: capacity and max height. Max height 3,500 mm: sized for high racks with 3-4 levels, logistics warehouses with high-level storage. The 1.5 kW lifting motor powered by a 12V battery provides a lifting speed with load of 65 mm\/s (approx. 54 seconds to reach maximum height at full load). The 1,280 mm turning radius allows maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles (recommended minimum aisle 2.2-2.5 m). In Krollit customer workshops, the EHS 1500 - 3.5 is chosen by logistics warehouses, palletized material depots, facilities with multi-level shelving, and distribution centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS electric stacker range is organized into 7 models classified by capacity and lifting height: EHS 1000 (1,000 kg capacity) available in 3 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 m), EHS 1500 (1,500 kg capacity) available in 4 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 \/ 3.5 m). All models share the 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, 1,140 mm fork length, 1,160 mm wheelbase, and 1,280 mm turning radius.\n\nThe EHS 1500 - 3.5 model has a capacity of 1,500 kg and a maximum height of 3,500 mm. Machine weight with battery 570 kg: this affects the required floor capacity in the warehouse. EHS 1500 family: higher capacity for standard heavy pallets. For even higher capacities (over 1,500 kg), EDS series industrial stackers or dedicated forklifts are available. Height 3.5 m: the highest in the family. For professional logistics warehouses with multi-level shelving. Check the warehouse ceiling height based on the extended mast's clearance.\n\nDifference with the Bernardo RHW series: EHS are electric stackers for multi-level pallet storage (lifting 1,600-3,500 mm); RHW are manual pallet trucks for cylindrical coils (lifting 115 mm). They are products for completely different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). The EHS 1500 - 3.5 stacker with a machine weight of 570 kg requires a pallet truck or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine is supplied with a 12V battery and charger. Original Bernardo spare parts (batteries, motors, wheels, masts) are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the EHS 1500 - 3.5 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist \/ small workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial electric stacker: exclusively professional application for warehouses with multiple shelving.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 3.5 m shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 kg capacity and 3,500 mm height sized for standard multi-level storage. 1.5 kW electric motor and 12V battery for 6-8 hours of continuous operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction plant with multi-level storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting speed 65 mm\/s with load, turning radius 1,280 mm: optimizes loading\/unloading cycles in series production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling industrial cylindrical coils (RHW pallet trucks are correctly sized for that application); storage at heights above 3,500 mm (upgrade to a model with greater height or consider industrial forklifts with a mast rack); transporting loads over 1,500 kg (the EHS 1500 family or industrial stackers are correctly sized); warehouses with narrow aisles (1,280 mm turning radius requires a minimum aisle of 2.2-2.5 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad and lift capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter of gravity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 \/ 100 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 \/ 70 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering wheel dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,720 × 780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (mast retracted \/ extended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,280 \/ 4,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EHS 1500 - 3.5 electric stacker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 12V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth-adjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiller with ergonomic control levers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard daily use, the 12V battery is sized for 6-8 hours of lifting and handling operations. A full charge takes 8-10 hours with the supplied charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual autonomy depends on work intensity: in continuous intensive use (high-cadence lifts) it is reduced to 4-5 hours; in intermittent use (occasional lifts) it can extend to 10-12 hours. For double-shift use, a spare battery or intermediate charging is recommended. Batteries are consumables with a typical lifespan of 3-5 years in standard daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3,500 mm height actually usable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is the maximum height of the forks from the floor. For storage on shelving, the minimum fork height (typically 85 mm) must be subtracted to obtain the usable space under the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical calculation: for shelving with a level 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a maximum height of 3,500 mm is sufficient with margin. For correct sizing relative to your shelving, also consider the thickness of the fork tip (60 mm) that interposes between the fork and the upper surface of the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat pallet size is compatible with the forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe forks with a width of 180 mm and a net width between forks of 210 mm are compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm) and typical industrial pallets (1,000 × 1,200 mm, 1,200 × 1,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor non-standard size pallets (custom industrial, narrow pallets), check the fork spacing and any need for adapters. EHS forks are width-adjustable via the manual positioning system. For specific compatible pallets, contact Krollit for compatibility verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the stacker in tight spaces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,280 mm turning radius and 1,160 mm wheelbase define the minimum operational aisle: recommended aisle 2.2-2.5 m for smooth maneuvers, absolute minimum aisle 2.0 m with slowed maneuvers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warehouses with aisles smaller than 2 m, dedicated mast stackers with reduced turning radius (special categories) are required. Machine dimensions and turning radius are determining parameters in warehouse layout design: check the sizing of existing aisles before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lifting speed sufficient for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting speed with load 65 mm\/s = 54 seconds to reach maximum height at full load. For standard series production, it is correctly dimensioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe complete loading\/lifting\/positioning\/lowering cycle typically requires 60-90 seconds per standard pallet. For series production with high frequencies (above 30-40 movements\/hour), consider electronically controlled industrial trucks with higher speeds. The EHS stacker is sized for standard intensive logistical warehouse use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693576524104,"sku":"07-1046","price":3465.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-idraulico-elettrico-EHS-1500-3-5-extra-big-8559.jpg?v=1750070401"},{"product_id":"carrello-idraulico-elettrico-ehs-1000-16","title":"Electric stacker Bernardo EHS 1000 - 1.6 – capacity 1,000 kg, lifting height 1,600 mm, motor 1.5 kW, battery 12V, weight 410 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1000 - 1.6 electric stacker is a hydraulic-electric truck for handling and storing palletized loads with a maximum capacity of 1,000 kg and a maximum lifting height of 1,600 mm. Center of gravity 600 mm, fork length 1140 mm, fork width 180 mm, minimum lifting height 85 mm. Lifting speed with load 90 mm\/s, lowering speed with load 120 mm\/s. Lifting motor 1.5 kW, 12V battery, turning radius 1280 mm, wheelbase 1160 mm. Machine weight including battery 410 kg, dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm. Suitable for logistics warehouses, industrial racking, and palletized material storage. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting speed (loaded\/unloaded):\u003c\/strong\u003e 90\/40 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 410 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EHS 1000 - 1.6 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1000 - 1.6 is an electric stacker (pallet truck with tiller control) sized for handling and storing pallets on multiple racking systems. Key features: 1,000 kg capacity, maximum lifting height 1,600 mm. The number in the name (e.g., EHS 1 - 1.6) summarizes the 2 key characteristics: capacity and max height. Max height 1,600 mm: sized for low racking (1 level), loading ramps, high workbenches. For multi-level storage, consider models with 2,500\/3,000\/3,500 mm. The 1.5 kW lifting motor powered by a 12V battery provides a lifting speed with load of 90 mm\/s (approximately 18 seconds to reach maximum height at full load). The turning radius of 1,280 mm allows maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles (minimum aisle width 2.2-2.5 m recommended). In Krollit customer workshops, the EHS 1000 - 1.6 is chosen by logistics warehouses, palletized material storage facilities, plants with multi-level racking, and distribution centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS electric stacker range is organized into 7 models classified by capacity and lifting height: EHS 1000 (1,000 kg capacity) available in 3 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 m), EHS 1500 (1,500 kg capacity) available in 4 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 \/ 3.5 m). All models share the 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, 1,140 mm fork length, 1,160 mm wheelbase, and 1,280 mm turning radius. \n\nThe EHS 1000 - 1.6 model has a 1,000 kg capacity and a maximum height of 1,600 mm. Machine weight with battery is 410 kg: this affects the required floor capacity in the warehouse. EHS 1000 family: sufficient capacity for standard medium pallets. For heavy pallets (over 1,000 kg), move up to the EHS 1500 family. Height 1.6 m: the most compact in the family. Entry-level model for warehouses with low racking or for versatile use in confined spaces.\n\nDifference from the Bernardo RHW series: EHS are electric stackers for multi-level pallet storage (lifting 1,600-3,500 mm); RHW are manual pallet trucks for cylindrical coils (lifting 115 mm). These are products for completely different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). The EHS EHS 1000 - 1.6 stacker with a machine weight of 410 kg requires a pallet truck or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine is supplied with a 12V battery and charger. Original spare parts (batteries, motors, wheels, masts) Bernardo available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the EHS 1000 - 1.6 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist \/ small workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial electric stacker: exclusively professional application for warehouses with multiple racking systems.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 1.6 m racking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 kg capacity and 1,600 mm height sized for standard multi-level storage. 1.5 kW electric motor and 12V battery for 6-8 hours of continuous operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction plant with multi-level storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting speed of 90 mm\/s with load, turning radius of 1,280 mm: optimizes loading\/unloading cycles in series production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling industrial cylindrical coils (RHW pallet trucks are correctly sized for that application); storage at heights above 1,600 mm (move to a model with greater height or consider industrial forklifts with mast racking); transporting loads over 1,000 kg (the EHS 1500 family or industrial stackers are correctly sized); warehouses with narrow aisles (1,280 mm turning radius requires a minimum aisle of 2.2-2.5 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad and lift capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter of gravity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 \/ 40 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 \/ 100 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel wheel dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,720 × 780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (mast retracted \/ extended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,980 \/ 1,980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EHS 1000 - 1.6 electric stacker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 12V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth-adjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiller with ergonomic control levers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard daily use, the 12V battery is sized for 6-8 hours of lifting and handling operations. A full charge requires 8-10 hours with the supplied charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual autonomy depends on work intensity: in continuous intensive use (high-frequency lifts), it is reduced to 4-5 hours; in intermittent use (occasional lifts), it can extend to 10-12 hours. For double-shift use, a spare battery or intermediate charging is recommended. Batteries are consumables with a typical lifespan of 3-5 years in standard daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 1,600 mm height the actual usable height?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is the maximum height of the forks from the floor. For storage on racking, the minimum fork height (typically 85 mm) must be subtracted to obtain the usable space under the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical calculation: for racking with a level at 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a maximum height of 1,600 mm is not sufficient; models with greater height are needed. For correct sizing relative to your racking, also consider the thickness of the fork tine (60 mm) which is inserted between the fork and the upper surface of the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich pallet size is compatible with the forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eForks with a width of 180 mm and a clear width between forks of 210 mm are compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm) and typical industrial pallets (1,000 × 1,200 mm, 1,200 × 1,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor non-standard size pallets (custom industrial, narrow pallets), check fork spacing and the possible need for adapters. EHS forks are width-adjustable via a manual positioning system. For specific compatible pallets, contact Krollit for compatibility verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the stacker in narrow spaces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius of 1,280 mm and the wheelbase of 1,160 mm define the minimum operating aisle: recommended aisle 2.2-2.5 m for smooth maneuvers, absolute minimum aisle 2.0 m with slowed maneuvers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warehouses with aisles less than 2 m, dedicated mast stackers with a reduced turning radius (special categories) are required. Machine dimensions and turning radius are decisive parameters in warehouse layout design: check existing aisle dimensions before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lifting speed sufficient for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting speed with load 90 mm\/s = 18 seconds to reach maximum height at full load. For standard series production, it is correctly dimensioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA complete load\/lift\/position\/lower cycle typically requires 60-90 seconds per standard pallet. For series production with high frequencies (above 30-40 movements\/hour), consider electronically controlled industrial trucks with higher speeds. The EHS stacker is sized for standard intensive warehouse use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693582750024,"sku":"07-1040","price":4087.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-idraulico-elettrico-EHS-1000-1-6-extra-big-8517.jpg?v=1750070423"},{"product_id":"carrello-idraulico-elettrico-ehs-1000-25","title":"Electric stacker Bernardo EHS 1000 - 2.5 – capacity 1,000 kg, lifting height 2,560 mm, motor 1.5 kW, battery 12V, weight 420 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1000 - 2.5 electric pallet stacker is a hydraulic-electric truck for handling and storing palletized loads with a maximum capacity of 1,000 kg and a maximum lifting height of 2,560 mm. Center of gravity 600 mm, fork length 1140 mm, fork width 180 mm, minimum lifting height 85 mm. Lifting speed with load 90 mm\/s, lowering speed with load 120 mm\/s. Lifting motor 1.5 kW, battery 12V, turning radius 1280 mm, wheelbase 1160 mm. Machine weight including battery 420 kg, dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm. Suitable for logistics warehouses, industrial shelving, palletized material depots. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,560 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting speed (loaded\/unloaded):\u003c\/strong\u003e 90\/140 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 420 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EHS 1000 - 2.5 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1000 - 2.5 is an electric stacker (pallet truck with tiller steering) sized for handling and storing pallets on multiple racks. Key features: capacity 1,000 kg. maximum lifting height 2,560 mm. The number in the name (e.g., EHS 1 - 2.5) summarizes the two key features: capacity and max height. Max height 2,500 mm: sized for standard 2-level racks above ground, positioning on low mezzanines. The 1.5 kW lifting motor powered by a 12V battery delivers a lifting speed with load of 90 mm\/s (approx. 28 seconds to reach maximum height at full load). The 1,280 mm turning radius allows maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles (minimum aisle width of 2.2-2.5 m recommended). In Krollit customer laboratories, the EHS 1000 - 2.5 is chosen by logistics warehouses, palletized material depots, factories with multi-level shelving, and distribution centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS electric stacker range is organized into 7 models classified by capacity and lifting height: EHS 1000 (capacity 1,000 kg) available in 3 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 m), EHS 1500 (capacity 1,500 kg) available in 4 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 \/ 3.5 m). All models share the 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, 1,140 mm fork length, 1,160 mm wheelbase, and 1,280 mm turning radius. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EHS 1000 - 2.5 model has a capacity of 1,000 kg and a max height of 2,560 mm. Machine weight with battery 420 kg: this affects the required floor capacity in the warehouse. EHS 1000 family: sufficient capacity for standard medium pallets. For heavy pallets (over 1,000 kg), move up to the EHS 1500 family. Height 2.5 m: balance between lifting capacity and machine dimensions. Suitable for warehouses with 2-level shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifference with the Bernardo RHW series: EHS are electric stackers for multi-level pallet storage (lifting 1,600-3,500 mm); RHW are manual pallet trucks for cylindrical coils (lifting 115 mm). They are products for completely different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). The EHS 1000 - 2.5 stacker, with a machine weight of 420 kg, requires a pallet truck or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine is supplied with a 12V battery and charger. Original Bernardo spare parts (batteries, motors, wheels, masts) are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the EHS 1000 - 2.5 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist \/ small workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial electric stacker: exclusively professional application for warehouses with multiple shelving.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 2.6 m shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity 1,000 kg and height 2,560 mm sized for standard multi-level storage. 1.5 kW electric motor and 12V battery for 6-8 hours of continuous operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction facility with multi-level storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting speed 90 mm\/s with load, turning radius 1,280 mm: optimizes loading\/unloading cycles in series production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling industrial cylindrical coils (RHW pallet trucks are correctly sized for that application); storage at heights above 2,560 mm (move to a model with greater height or consider industrial forklifts with mast shelving); transport of loads exceeding 1,000 kg (the EHS 1500 family or industrial stackers are correctly sized); warehouses with narrow aisles (1,280 mm turning radius requires a minimum aisle of 2.2-2.5 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad and lift capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter of gravity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting (loaded \/ unloaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 \/ 140 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering (loaded \/ unloaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 \/ 100 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering wheel dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,720 × 780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (mast retracted \/ extended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,780 \/ 3,030 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EHS 1000 - 2.5 electric stacker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 12V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth-adjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiller with ergonomic control levers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard daily use, the 12V battery is sized for 6-8 hours of lifting and handling operations. A full charge takes 8-10 hours with the supplied charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual autonomy depends on the intensity of work: in continuous intensive use (high-frequency lifting), it is reduced to 4-5 hours; in intermittent use (occasional lifting), it can extend to 10-12 hours. For double-shift use, a spare battery or intermediate charging is recommended. Batteries are consumables with a typical lifespan of 3-5 years in standard daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 2,560 mm height actually usable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is the maximum height of the forks from the floor. For storage on shelving, the minimum fork height (typically 85 mm) must be subtracted to obtain the usable space under the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical calculation: for shelving with a level 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a maximum height of 2,560 mm is not sufficient; models with greater height are needed. For correct sizing relative to your shelving, also consider the thickness of the fork tip (60 mm) which is inserted between the fork and the upper surface of the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat pallet size is compatible with the forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe forks with a width of 180 mm and a clear width between forks of 210 mm are compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm) and typical industrial pallets (1,000 × 1,200 mm, 1,200 × 1,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor non-standard size pallets (custom industrial, narrow pallets), check the fork spacing and the possible need for adapters. The EHS forks are width-adjustable via the manual positioning system. For specific compatible pallets, contact Krollit for compatibility verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the stacker in narrow spaces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,280 mm turning radius and 1,160 mm wheelbase define the minimum operating aisle: a recommended aisle of 2.2-2.5 m for smooth maneuvers, an absolute minimum aisle of 2.0 m with slowed maneuvers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warehouses with aisles less than 2 m, dedicated mast stackers with a reduced turning radius (special categories) are required. Machine dimensions and turning radius are determining parameters in warehouse layout design: check the sizing of existing aisles before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lifting speed sufficient for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting speed with load 90 mm\/s = 28 seconds to reach maximum height at full load. For standard series production, it is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe complete loading\/lifting\/positioning\/lowering cycle typically requires 60-90 seconds for a standard pallet. For series production with high frequencies (above 30-40 movements\/hour), consider electronically controlled industrial trucks with higher speeds. The EHS stacker is sized for standard intensive warehouse logistics use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693586911560,"sku":"07-1041","price":4245.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-idraulico-elettrico-EHS-1000-2-5-extra-big-8524.jpg?v=1750070444"},{"product_id":"carrello-idraulico-elettrico-ehs-1000-30","title":"Bernardo EHS 1000 - 3.0 Electric Stacker – capacity 1,000 kg, lifting height 3,000 mm, 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, weight 495 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1000 - 3.0 electric pallet stacker is a hydraulic-electric truck for handling and storing palletized loads with a maximum capacity of 1,000 kg and a maximum lifting height of 3,000 mm. Center of gravity 600 mm, fork length 1140 mm, fork width 180 mm, minimum lifting height 85 mm. Lifting speed with load 90 mm\/s, lowering speed with load 120 mm\/s. Lifting motor 1.5 kW, battery 12V, turning radius 1280 mm, wheelbase 1160 mm. Machine weight including battery 495 kg, dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm. Suitable for logistics warehouses, industrial shelving, palletized material depots. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting speed (loaded\/unloaded):\u003c\/strong\u003e 90\/140 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 495 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EHS 1000 - 3.0 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1000 - 3.0 is an electric stacker (pallet truck with tiller steering) sized for handling and storing pallets on multiple shelves. Distinctive features: capacity 1,000 kg, maximum lifting height 3,000 mm. The number in the name (e.g., EHS 1 - 3.0) summarizes the 2 key characteristics: capacity and max height. Max height 3,000 mm: sized for standard 3-level shelving above ground, medium-depth warehouses. The 1.5 kW lifting motor powered by a 12V battery delivers a lifting speed with load of 90 mm\/s (approximately 33 seconds to reach maximum height at full load). The 1,280 mm turning radius allows maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles (recommended minimum aisle 2.2-2.5 m). In Krollit's customer laboratories, the EHS 1000 - 3.0 is chosen by logistics warehouses, palletized material depots, facilities with multi-level shelving, and distribution centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS electric stacker range is organized into 7 models classified by capacity and lifting height: EHS 1000 (capacity 1,000 kg) available in 3 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 m), EHS 1500 (capacity 1,500 kg) available in 4 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 \/ 3.5 m). All models share the 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, 1,140 mm fork length, 1,160 mm wheelbase, and 1,280 mm turning radius.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe EHS 1000 - 3.0 model has a capacity of 1,000 kg and a max height of 3,000 mm. Machine weight with battery 495 kg: this affects the required floor capacity in the warehouse. EHS 1000 family: sufficient capacity for standard medium pallets. For heavy pallets (over 1,000 kg), move up to the EHS 1500 family. Height 3.0 m: intermediate choice for warehouses with 3-level shelving. Balance between useful height and retracted mast footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDifference with the Bernardo RHW series: EHS are electric stackers for multi-level pallet storage (lifting 1,600-3,500 mm); RHW are manual pallet trucks for cylindrical coils (lifting 115 mm). They are products for completely different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). The EHS 1000 - 3.0 stacker with a machine weight of 495 kg requires a pallet truck or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine is supplied with a 12V battery and charger. Original Bernardo spare parts (batteries, motors, wheels, masts) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Italian customer assistance available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the EHS 1000 - 3.0 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist \/ small workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial electric stacker: exclusively professional application for warehouses with multiple shelving.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 3.0 m shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity 1,000 kg and height 3,000 mm sized for standard multi-level storage. 1.5 kW electric motor and 12V battery for 6-8 hours of continuous operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction facility with multi-level storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting speed 90 mm\/s with load, turning radius 1,280 mm: optimizes loading\/unloading cycles in series production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling industrial cylindrical coils (RHW pallet trucks are correctly sized for that application); storage at heights above 3,000 mm (move up to a model with greater height or consider industrial forklifts with mast shelving); transporting loads exceeding 1,000 kg (the EHS 1500 family or industrial stackers are correctly sized); warehouses with narrow aisles (1,280 mm turning radius requires a minimum aisle of 2.2-2.5 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad and lift capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter of gravity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting (loaded \/ unloaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 \/ 140 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering (loaded \/ unloaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 \/ 100 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel wheel dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,720 × 780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (retracted \/ extended mast)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,080 \/ 3,570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e495 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EHS 1000 - 3.0 electric stacker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 12V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth-adjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiller with ergonomic control levers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard daily use, the 12V battery is sized for 6-8 hours of lifting and handling operations. A full charge requires 8-10 hours with the supplied charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual autonomy depends on work intensity: in continuous intensive use (high-cadence lifts), it reduces to 4-5 hours; in intermittent use (occasional lifts), it can extend to 10-12 hours. For double-shift use, a spare battery or intermediate charging is recommended. Batteries are consumables with a typical lifespan of 3-5 years in standard daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3,000 mm height actually usable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is the maximum height of the forks from the floor. For shelving storage, the minimum fork height (typically 85 mm) must be subtracted to obtain the usable space under the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical calculation: for shelving with a level 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a max height of 3,000 mm is sufficient with margin. For correct sizing relative to your shelving, also consider the thickness of the fork tip (60 mm) that is interposed between the fork and the top surface of the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat pallet size is compatible with the forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eForks with a width of 180 mm and a clear width between forks of 210 mm are compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm) and typical industrial pallets (1,000 × 1,200 mm, 1,200 × 1,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor non-standard pallet sizes (custom industrial, narrow pallets), check the fork spacing and the potential need for adapters. EHS forks are width-adjustable via the manual positioning system. For specific compatible pallets, contact Krollit for compatibility verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the stacker in tight spaces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,280 mm turning radius and 1,160 mm wheelbase define the minimum operational aisle: recommended aisle 2.2-2.5 m for smooth maneuvers, absolute minimum aisle 2.0 m with slowed maneuvers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warehouses with aisles less than 2 m, dedicated mast stackers with reduced turning radius (special categories) are required. Machine dimensions and turning radius are decisive parameters in warehouse layout design: check the sizing of existing aisles before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lifting speed sufficient for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting speed with load 90 mm\/s = 33 seconds to reach maximum height at full load. For standard series production, it is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe complete loading\/lifting\/positioning\/lowering cycle typically requires 60-90 seconds per standard pallet. For series production with high frequencies (above 30-40 movements\/hour), consider electronically controlled industrial trucks with higher speeds. The EHS stacker is sized for standard intensive warehouse logistics use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693590647112,"sku":"07-1042","price":4806.17,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-idraulico-elettrico-EHS-1000-3-0-extra-big-8531.jpg?v=1750070465"},{"product_id":"carrello-idraulico-elettrico-ehs-1500-16","title":"Bernardo EHS 1500 - 1.6 Electric Stacker - 1,500 kg capacity, 1,600 mm lifting height, 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, 436 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1500 - 1.6 electric stacker is a hydraulic-electric truck for handling and stacking palletized loads with a maximum capacity of 1,500 kg and a maximum lifting height of 1,600 mm. Center of gravity 600 mm, fork length 1140 mm, fork width 180 mm, minimum lifting height 85 mm. Lifting speed with load 65 mm\/s, lowering speed with load 85 mm\/s. Lifting motor 1.5 kW, battery 12V, turning radius 1280 mm, wheelbase 1160 mm. Machine weight including battery 436 kg, dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm. Suitable for logistics warehouses, industrial shelving, palletized material storage. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. load capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting speed (loaded\/unloaded):\u003c\/strong\u003e 65\/100 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 436 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EHS 1500 - 1.6 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1500 - 1.6 is an electric stacker (pallet truck with tiller steering) sized for handling and stacking pallets on multiple racks. Key features: 1,500 kg capacity, 1,600 mm maximum lifting height. The number in the name (e.g., EHS 1 - 1.6) summarizes the 2 key characteristics: capacity and max height. Max height 1,600 mm: sized for low shelving (1 level), loading ramps, high workbenches. For multi-level storage, move up to 2,500\/3,000\/3,500 mm models. The 1.5 kW lifting motor powered by a 12V battery provides a lifting speed of 65 mm\/s with load (approx. 25 seconds to reach maximum height at full load). The 1,280 mm turning radius allows maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles (recommended minimum aisle 2.2-2.5 m). In Krollit customer labs, the EHS 1500 - 1.6 is chosen by logistics warehouses, palletized material depots, facilities with multi-level shelving, and distribution centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS electric stacker range is organized into 7 models classified by capacity and lifting height: EHS 1000 (capacity 1,000 kg) available in 3 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 m), EHS 1500 (capacity 1,500 kg) available in 4 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 \/ 3.5 m). All models share the 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, 1,140 mm fork length, 1,160 mm wheelbase, and 1,280 mm turning radius. \n\nThe EHS 1500 - 1.6 model has a capacity of 1,500 kg and a max height of 1,600 mm. Machine weight with battery 436 kg: this affects the required floor capacity in the warehouse. EHS 1500 family: higher capacity for standard heavy pallets. For even higher capacities (over 1,500 kg), industrial stackers from the EDS series or dedicated forklifts are available. Height 1.6 m: the smallest in the family. Entry-level model for warehouses with low shelving or for versatile use in confined spaces.\n\nDifference with the Bernardo RHW series: EHS are electric stackers for multi-level pallet storage (lifting 1,600-3,500 mm); RHW are manual pallet trucks for cylindrical coils (lifting 115 mm). These are products for completely different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). The EHS 1500 - 1.6 stacker with a machine weight of 436 kg requires a pallet truck or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine is supplied with a 12V battery and charger. Original spare parts (batteries, motors, wheels, masts) Bernardo available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the EHS 1500 - 1.6 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist \/ small workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial electric stacker: exclusively professional application for warehouses with multiple shelving.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 1.6 m shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 kg capacity and 1,600 mm height sized for standard multi-level storage. 1.5 kW electric motor and 12V battery for 6-8 hours of operational autonomy in continuous use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction plant with multi-level storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting speed 65 mm\/s with load, turning radius 1,280 mm: optimizes loading\/unloading cycles in series production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling industrial cylindrical coils (RHW pallet trucks are correctly sized for that application); storage at heights greater than 1,600 mm (move up to the model with greater height or consider industrial forklifts with mast shelving); transport of loads greater than 1,500 kg (the EHS 1500 family or industrial stackers are correctly sized); warehouses with narrow aisles (1,280 mm turning radius requires a minimum aisle of 2.2-2.5 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad and lift capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter of gravity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting (loaded \/ unloaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 \/ 100 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering (loaded \/ unloaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 \/ 70 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering wheel dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,720 × 780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (mast retracted \/ extended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,980 \/ 1,980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e436 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EHS 1500 - 1.6 electric stacker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 12V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth-adjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiller with ergonomic control levers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard daily use, the 12V battery is sized for 6-8 hours of lifting and handling operations. A full charge takes 8-10 hours with the supplied charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual autonomy depends on work intensity: in continuous intensive use (high-cadence lifts) it is reduced to 4-5 hours; in intermittent use (occasional lifts) it can extend to 10-12 hours. For double-shift use, a spare battery or intermediate charging is recommended. Batteries are consumables with a typical lifespan of 3-5 years in standard daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 1,600 mm height actually usable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is the maximum height of the forks from the floor. For shelving storage, the minimum fork height (typically 85 mm) must be subtracted to obtain the usable space under the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical calculation: for shelving with a level 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a maximum height of 1,600 mm is not sufficient; models with greater height are needed. For correct sizing relative to your shelving, also consider the thickness of the fork tip (60 mm) that is placed between the fork and the upper surface of the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat pallet size is compatible with the forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe forks with a width of 180 mm and a clear width between forks of 210 mm are compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm) and typical industrial pallets (1,000 × 1,200 mm, 1,200 × 1,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor non-standard size pallets (custom industrial, narrow pallets), check the fork spacing openings and the possible need for adapters. The EHS forks are width-adjustable via the manual positioning system. For specific compatible pallets, contact Krollit for compatibility verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the stacker in tight spaces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,280 mm turning radius and 1,160 mm wheelbase define the minimum operating aisle: recommended aisle 2.2-2.5 m for fluid maneuvers, absolute minimum aisle 2.0 m with slowed maneuvers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warehouses with aisles less than 2 m, dedicated mast stackers with reduced turning radius (special categories) are required. Machine dimensions and turning radius are decisive parameters in warehouse layout design: check the sizing of existing aisles before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lifting speed sufficient for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting speed with load 65 mm\/s = 25 seconds to reach maximum height at full load. For standard series production, it is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe complete loading\/lifting\/positioning\/lowering cycle typically takes 60-90 seconds for standard pallets. For series production with high frequencies (above 30-40 movements\/hour), consider electronically controlled industrial trucks with higher speeds. The EHS stacker is sized for standard intensive use in a logistics warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693593039176,"sku":"07-1043","price":4636.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-idraulico-elettrico-EHS-1500-1-6-extra-big-8538.jpg?v=1750070487"},{"product_id":"carrello-idraulico-elettrico-ehs-1500-25","title":"Bernardo EHS 1500 - 2.5 Electric Stacker – capacity 1,500 kg, lifting height 2,500 mm, 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, weight 516 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1500 - 2.5 electric pallet stacker is a hydraulic-electric truck for handling and stacking palletized loads with a maximum capacity of 1,500 kg and a maximum lifting height of 2,500 mm. Center of gravity 600 mm, fork length 1140 mm, fork width 180 mm, minimum lifting height 85 mm. Lifting speed with load 65 mm\/s, lowering speed with load 85 mm\/s. Lift motor 1.5 kW, battery 12V, turning radius 1280 mm, wheelbase 1160 mm. Machine weight including battery 516 kg, dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm. Suitable for logistics warehouses, industrial shelving, palletized material depots. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting speed (loaded\/unloaded):\u003c\/strong\u003e 65\/100 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 516 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EHS 1500 - 2.5 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1500 - 2.5 is an electric stacker (powered pallet truck) designed for handling and stacking pallets on multiple racks. Distinctive features: capacity 1,500 kg, maximum lifting height 2,500 mm. The number in the name (e.g., EHS 1 - 2.5) summarizes the two key features: capacity and max height. Max height 2,500 mm: sized for standard 2-level shelving above ground, positioning on low mezzanines. The 1.5 kW lift motor, powered by a 12V battery, provides a lifting speed with load of 65 mm\/s (approximately 38 seconds to reach the maximum height at full load). The 1,280 mm turning radius allows maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles (minimum aisle recommended 2.2-2.5 m). In Krollit customer laboratories, the EHS 1500 - 2.5 is chosen by logistics warehouses, palletized material depots, facilities with multi-level shelving, and distribution centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS electric stacker range is organized into 7 models classified by capacity and lifting height: EHS 1000 (capacity 1,000 kg) available in 3 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 m), EHS 1500 (capacity 1,500 kg) available in 4 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 \/ 3.5 m). All models share the 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, 1,140 mm fork length, 1,160 mm wheelbase, and 1,280 mm turning radius. \n\nThe EHS 1500 - 2.5 model has a capacity of 1,500 kg and a max height of 2,500 mm. Machine weight with battery 516 kg: this affects the required floor capacity in the warehouse. EHS 1500 family: higher capacity for heavy standard pallets. For even higher capacities (over 1,500 kg), industrial stackers from the EDS series or dedicated forklifts are available. Height 2.5 m: balance between lifting capacity and machine dimensions. Suitable for warehouses with 2-level shelving.\n\nDifference from the Bernardo RHW series: EHS are electric stackers for multi-level pallet storage (lifting 1,600-3,500 mm); RHW are manual pallet trucks for cylindrical coils (lifting 115 mm). They are products for completely different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). The EHS 1500 - 2.5 stacker, with a machine weight of 516 kg, requires a pallet truck or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine comes with a 12V battery and charger. Original Bernardo spare parts (batteries, motors, wheels, masts) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Italian customer assistance available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the EHS 1500 - 2.5 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist \/ small workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial electric stacker: exclusively professional application for warehouses with multiple shelving.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 2.5 m shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity 1,500 kg and height 2,500 mm sized for standard multi-level storage. 1.5 kW electric motor and 12V battery for 6-8 hours of continuous operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction plant with multi-level storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting speed 65 mm\/s with load, turning radius 1,280 mm: optimizes loading\/unloading cycles in series production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling industrial cylindrical coils (RHW pallet trucks are correctly sized for that application); storage at heights greater than 2,500 mm (upgrade to a model with greater height or consider industrial forklifts with mast shelving); transporting loads greater than 1,500 kg (the EHS 1500 family or industrial stackers are correctly sized); warehouses with narrow aisles (turning radius 1,280 mm requires a minimum aisle of 2.2-2.5 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad and lift capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter of gravity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 \/ 100 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 \/ 70 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering wheel dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,720 × 780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (mast retracted \/ extended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,780 \/ 3,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e516 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EHS 1500 - 2.5 electric stacker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 12V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth-adjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic control tiller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard daily use, the 12V battery is sized for 6-8 hours of lifting and handling operations. A full charge takes 8-10 hours with the supplied charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual autonomy depends on the intensity of work: in intensive continuous use (high-frequency lifting), it is reduced to 4-5 hours; in intermittent use (occasional lifting), it can extend to 10-12 hours. For double-shift use, a spare battery or intermediate charging is recommended. Batteries are consumables with a typical lifespan of 3-5 years in standard daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 2,500 mm height actually usable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is the maximum height of the forks from the floor. For storage on shelving, the minimum fork height (typically 85 mm) must be subtracted to obtain the usable space under the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical calculation: for shelving with a platform 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a max height of 2,500 mm is not sufficient; models with greater height are needed. For correct sizing relative to your shelving, also consider the thickness of the fork tip (60 mm) which sits between the fork and the top surface of the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat pallet size is compatible with the forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe forks with a width of 180 mm and a net width between forks of 210 mm are compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm) and typical industrial pallets (1,000 × 1,200 mm, 1,200 × 1,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor non-standard pallet sizes (custom industrial, narrow pallets), check the fork spacing and any need for adapters. EHS forks are width-adjustable via the manual positioning system. For specific compatible pallets, contact Krollit for compatibility verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the stacker in tight spaces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,280 mm turning radius and 1,160 mm wheelbase define the minimum operational aisle: recommended aisle 2.2-2.5 m for smooth maneuvers, absolute minimum aisle 2.0 m with slowed maneuvers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warehouses with aisles smaller than 2 m, dedicated mast stackers with a reduced turning radius are required (special categories). Machine dimensions and turning radius are decisive parameters in warehouse layout design: check the sizing of existing aisles before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lifting speed sufficient for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting speed with load 65 mm\/s = 38 seconds to reach maximum height at full load. For standard series production, it is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA complete loading\/lifting\/positioning\/lowering cycle typically takes 60-90 seconds per standard pallet. For series production with high frequencies (above 30-40 movements\/hour), consider electronically controlled industrial trucks with higher speeds. The EHS stacker is sized for standard intensive warehouse logistics use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693597200712,"sku":"07-1044","price":5002.17,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-idraulico-elettrico-EHS-1500-2-5-extra-big-8545.jpg?v=1750070509"},{"product_id":"carrello-idraulico-elettrico-ehs-1500-30","title":"Electric stacker Bernardo EHS 1500 - 3.0 – capacity 1,500 kg. lifting height 3,000 mm, motor 1.5 kW, battery 12V, weight 543 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1500 - 3.0 electric stacker is a hydraulic-electric truck for handling and storing palletized loads with a maximum capacity of 1,500 kg and a maximum lifting height of 3,000 mm. Load center 600 mm, fork length 1140 mm, fork width 180 mm, minimum lifting height 85 mm. Lifting speed with load 65 mm\/s, lowering speed with load 85 mm\/s. Lifting motor 1.5 kW, battery 12V, turning radius 1280 mm, wheelbase 1160 mm. Machine weight including battery 543 kg, dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm. Suitable for logistics warehouses, industrial shelving, palletized material depots. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting speed (loaded\/unloaded):\u003c\/strong\u003e 65\/100 mm\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight (with battery):\u003c\/strong\u003e 543 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EHS 1500 - 3.0 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS 1500 - 3.0 is an electric stacker (powered pallet truck with tiller control) sized for handling and storing pallets on multiple racks. Key features: capacity 1,500 kg, maximum lifting height 3,000 mm. The number in the name (e.g., EHS 1 - 3.0) summarizes the 2 key characteristics: capacity and max height. Max height 3,000 mm: sized for standard 3-level racking above ground, medium-depth warehouses. The 1.5 kW lifting motor powered by a 12V battery provides a lifting speed with load of 65 mm\/s (approximately 46 seconds to reach the maximum height at full load). The 1,280 mm turning radius allows maneuverability in standard warehouse aisles (recommended minimum aisle 2.2-2.5 m). In Krollit customers' workshops, the EHS 1500 - 3.0 is chosen by logistics warehouses, palletized material depots, facilities with multi-level racking, and distribution centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHS electric stacker range is organized into 7 models classified by capacity and lifting height: EHS 1000 (1,000 kg capacity) available in 3 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 m), EHS 1500 (1,500 kg capacity) available in 4 heights (1.6 \/ 2.5 \/ 3.0 \/ 3.5 m). All models share the 1.5 kW motor, 12V battery, 1,140 mm fork length, 1,160 mm wheelbase, and 1,280 mm turning radius.\n\nThe EHS 1500 - 3.0 model has a capacity of 1,500 kg and a max height of 3,000 mm. Machine weight with battery 543 kg: this affects the required floor capacity in the warehouse. EHS 1500 family: higher capacity for standard heavy pallets. For even higher capacities (over 1,500 kg), EDS series industrial stackers or dedicated forklifts are available. Height 3.0 m: intermediate choice for warehouses with 3-level racking. Balance between useful height and retracted mast dimensions.\n\nDifference from the Bernardo RHW series: EHS are electric stackers for multi-level pallet storage (lifting 1,600-3,500 mm); RHW are manual pallet trucks for cylindrical coils (lifting 115 mm). They are products for completely different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). The EHS EHS 1500 - 3.0 stacker with a machine weight of 543 kg requires a pallet truck or crane for unloading. Dimensions 1,720 × 780 mm: check warehouse access and ceiling height in relation to the extended mast in advance. The machine is supplied with a 12V battery and charger. Original spare parts (batteries, motors, wheels, masts) Bernardo available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the EHS 1500 - 3.0 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist \/ small workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial electric stacker: exclusively professional application for warehouses with multiple racking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with 3.0 m racking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 kg capacity and 3,000 mm height sized for standard multi-level storage. 1.5 kW electric motor and 12V battery for 6-8 hours of operating autonomy in continuous use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction facility with multi-level storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting speed of 65 mm\/s with load, turning radius of 1,280 mm: optimizes loading\/unloading cycles in series production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling industrial cylindrical coils (RHW pallet trucks are correctly sized for that application); storage at heights above 3,000 mm (upgrade to a model with greater height or consider industrial forklifts with mast racking); transporting loads exceeding 1,500 kg (the EHS 1500 family or industrial stackers are correctly sized); warehouses with narrow aisles (1,280 mm turning radius requires a minimum aisle of 2.2-2.5 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad and lift capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad center\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 \/ 100 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering (with load \/ without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 \/ 70 mm\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eManeuverability and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering wheel dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller dimensions (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,720 × 780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (retracted \/ extended mast)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,030 \/ 3,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight (with battery)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e543 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo EHS 1500 - 3.0 electric stacker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated 12V battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth-adjustable forks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiller with ergonomic control levers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard daily use, the 12V battery is sized for 6-8 hours of lifting and handling operations. Full charging requires 8-10 hours with the supplied charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual autonomy depends on work intensity: in continuous intensive use (high-cadence lifting) it is reduced to 4-5 hours; in intermittent use (occasional lifting) it can extend to 10-12 hours. For double-shift use, a spare battery or intermediate charging is recommended. Batteries are consumables with a typical lifespan of 3-5 years in standard daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3,000 mm height actually usable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is the maximum height of the forks from the floor. For storage on racking, the minimum fork height (typically 85 mm) must be subtracted to obtain the useful space under the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical calculation: for racking with a floor 3,000 mm from the ground, a stacker with a max height of 3,000 mm is sufficient with a margin. For correct sizing relative to your racking, also consider the thickness of the fork tip (60 mm) which is interposed between the fork and the upper surface of the pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat pallet size is compatible with the forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eForks with a width of 180 mm and a net width between forks of 210 mm are compatible with standard EUR pallets (1,200 × 800 mm) and typical industrial pallets (1,000 × 1,200 mm, 1,200 × 1,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor non-standard size pallets (custom industrial, narrow pallets), check the fork spacing and the possible need for adapters. EHS forks are width-adjustable via the manual positioning system. For specific compatible pallets, contact Krollit for compatibility verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the stacker in tight spaces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,280 mm turning radius and 1,160 mm wheelbase define the minimum operational aisle: recommended aisle 2.2-2.5 m for smooth maneuvers, absolute minimum aisle 2.0 m with slowed maneuvers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor warehouses with aisles less than 2 m, dedicated mast stackers with reduced turning radius are required (special categories). Machine dimensions and turning radius are decisive parameters in warehouse layout design: check the sizing of existing aisles before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lifting speed sufficient for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting speed with load 65 mm\/s = 46 seconds to reach maximum height at full load. For standard series production, it is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA complete loading\/lifting\/positioning\/lowering cycle typically takes 60-90 seconds per standard pallet. For series production with high frequencies (above 30-40 movements\/hour), consider electronically controlled industrial trucks with higher speeds. The EHS stacker is sized for standard intensive logistical warehouse use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693602738504,"sku":"07-1045","price":5221.17,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello-idraulico-elettrico-EHS-1500-3-0-extra-big-8552.jpg?v=1750070530"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-cw-1000","title":"Bernardo CW 1000 Hook Dynamometer – weighing suspended loads up to 1,000 kg, accuracy ±0.5 kg, LED display, instrument weight 11 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 1000 hanging dynamometer is a weighing instrument for suspended loads with a maximum capacity of 1,000 kg and a measurement accuracy of 0.5 kg. Dimensions H 315 mm × W 430 mm × D 540 mm, weight approx. 11 kg. It is directly applied to hoists, cranes and lifting systems to weigh the suspended load in real-time, with a digital LED display for immediate reading. Suitable for warehouses, workshops, loading\/unloading sites, and controlling loads on jib cranes or winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement accuracy:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePercentage resolution:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~0.05%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 315 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension L (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook development):\u003c\/strong\u003e 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstrument weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CW 1000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 1000 is an electronic hanging dynamometer sized for weighing suspended loads up to 1,000 kg with an accuracy of 0.5 kg (approximately 0.05% of full scale). The typical application is in-line suspension with hoists, jib cranes, and winches: the instrument is placed between the lifting system and the load to read the actual lifted weight in real-time. For weighing packages, containers, mechanical components, and light materials in artisan workshops and small-to-medium-sized warehouses. The large-digit LED display allows weight readings even from a distance during loading operations, a crucial feature for construction sites or warehouses with reduced visibility. The typical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual use. In Krollit customers' laboratories, the CW 1000 is chosen by mechanical workshops for checking the weight of lifted parts, logistics warehouses for weighing suspended packages, carpentry workshops for verifying the weight of structures, and construction sites for controlling loads during crane movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW hanging dynamometer range is organized into 7 models ordered by capacity and accuracy: CW 500 (500 kg, ±0.2 kg), CW 1000 (1,000 kg, ±0.5 kg), CW 2000 (2,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 3000 (3,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 5000 (5,000 kg, ±2 kg), CW 10000 (10,000 kg, ±5 kg), CW 15000 (15,000 kg, ±5 kg). Absolute accuracy decreases with increasing capacity, but percentage accuracy remains constant (approximately 0.03-0.05% of full scale).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CW 1000 model is entry\/mid-range. For workshops with typical loads under 800 kg, the fine accuracy (0.5 kg) is correctly sized. For heavier loads, choose higher models: CW 2000 for up to 2,000 kg, CW 3000 for up to 3,000 kg, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDifference with the Bernardo ID series: CW are electronic dynamometers FOR WEIGHING; ID are mechanical hooks FOR LIFTING (without weight measurement). For mixed lifting + weighing applications, use a CW; for lifting only, IDs are significantly more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Weighing approx. 11 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. EN 1677 compliance documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) is included in the package. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the CW 1000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional tool; for hobby use, it is oversized unless specific applications involve lifting heavy loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with parts weight control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReal-time weighing during lifting to verify the actual weight of parts. ±0.5 kg accuracy suitable for standard workshop loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with hoists\/cranes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor weighing suspended packages before loading\/unloading. LED display visible from a distance, 50-70 hours of actual use autonomy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 1,000 kg (risk of instrument damage); applications requiring accuracy greater than 0.5 kg (consider lower capacity models from the same CW series); environments with continuous vibrations (digital reading may fluctuate; the instrument is sized for static weighing); environments with extreme temperatures outside the typical -10\/+40°C range for industrial electronic instruments; applications requiring legal metrological certification (initial factory calibration, but not legal certification for commercial weight transactions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeighing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasurement accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePercentage resolution (% full scale)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~0.05%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension A (height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension L (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension C (hook development)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring instruments for industrial use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo CW 1000 hanging dynamometer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-digit digital LED display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rechargeable batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial factory calibration documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the CW 1000 and a bench scale?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hanging dynamometer weighs suspended loads (suspended from hoists, cranes, winches); the bench scale weighs placed loads. They are instruments for completely different applications: the dynamometer is essential where the load cannot be placed (large packages, motors, materials suspended during handling).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hanging dynamometer is placed between the lifting system and the load: the upper hook attaches to the hoist, the lower hook to the load. The internal load cell measures the tensile force and converts it into weight displayed on the LED display. For static applications on a scale, a bench\/floor scale is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the instrument certified for commercial use (weight transactions)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the CW 1000 is an industrial instrument factory calibrated but NOT metrologically certified for commercial use (purchase\/sale transactions by weight). For commercial use, MID (Measuring Instruments Directive) certification issued by an accredited body is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal industrial applications (parts weight control, load verification, internal logistics weighing), factory calibration is sufficient. For commercial applications (selling materials by weight, invoicing based on weight), MID certification with a green 'M' label and official metrological stamp is mandatory: contacts are available from certifying bodies such as INRIM or equivalents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical autonomy is 50-70 hours of actual continuous use. In daily artisanal use (10-30 minutes per day), the battery lasts 2-4 weeks before requiring recharging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated rechargeable batteries can be replaced by an authorized Bernardo service center. For intensive continuous use, a mains charger should always be available in the workshop, or the instrument should be kept charged when not in use. The auto-shutdown mode after inactivity significantly extends autonomy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the accuracy of ±0.5 kg (0.05% of full scale) truly significant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial applications, yes. At a maximum load of 1,000 kg, the relative error is approximately 0.05%. At typical working loads (50-80% of full scale), the relative error is slightly higher but remains below 0.1%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor industrial parts weight control (motors, mechanical components, crates), the ±0.5 kg accuracy is correctly sized. For applications requiring higher absolute accuracy (e.g., weighing jewelry, high unit value materials), laboratory dynamometers or precision scales are recommended, not industrial instruments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the periodic calibration procedure work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, an annual periodic check with certified standard weights is recommended. The instrument allows for correction of the calibration factor through a procedure indicated in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeriodic verification can be done in the workshop with standard weights of adequate capacity (e.g., 100 kg standard weight for CW 500). For formal annual certification, contact ACCREDIA accredited calibration centers or equivalents. For internal industrial control use, initial factory calibration is sufficient for most application cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694506545480,"sku":"07-1324","price":976.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-CW-1000-extra-big-8833.jpg?v=1750076221"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-cw-10000","title":"Bernardo CW 10000 hook dynamometer – weighing suspended loads up to 10,000 kg, accuracy ±5 kg, LED display, instrument weight 50 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 10000 crane scale is a weighing instrument for suspended loads with a maximum capacity of 10,000 kg and a measurement accuracy of 5 kg. Dimensions H 355 mm × W 650 mm × D 820 mm, weight approx. 50 kg. It is applied directly to hoists, cranes, and lifting systems to weigh the suspended load in real-time, with a digital LED display for immediate reading. Suitable for warehouses, workshops, loading\/unloading sites, and load control on jib cranes or winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement accuracy:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePercentage resolution:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~0.05%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension H (height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 355 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension W (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension D (hook opening):\u003c\/strong\u003e 820 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstrument weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CW 10000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 10000 is an electronic crane scale designed for weighing suspended loads up to 10,000 kg with an accuracy of 5 kg (approximately 0.05% of full scale). The typical application is in-line suspension with hoists, jib cranes, winches: the instrument is placed between the lifting system and the load to read the actual lifted weight in real time. For heavy industrial weighing: coils, industrial motors, heavy crates, containers and materials in loading\/unloading sites. The large-digit LED display allows weight reading even from a distance during loading operations, a crucial feature for applications in construction sites or warehouses with reduced visibility. The typical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual use. In Krollit's customers' workshops, the CW 10000 is chosen by mechanical workshops for checking the weight of lifted parts, logistics warehouses for weighing suspended packages, carpentry shops for verifying structural weight, and construction sites for controlling loads during crane handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW crane scale range is organized into 7 models, ordered by capacity and accuracy: CW 500 (500 kg, ±0.2 kg), CW 1000 (1,000 kg, ±0.5 kg), CW 2000 (2,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 3000 (3,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 5000 (5,000 kg, ±2 kg), CW 10000 (10,000 kg, ±5 kg), CW 15000 (15,000 kg, ±5 kg). The absolute accuracy decreases with increasing capacity, but the percentage accuracy remains constant (approximately 0.03-0.05% of full scale).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CW 10000 model is in the heavy industrial range. For shipyards, large logistics warehouses, heavy industry with regular loads up to 8000 kg. The accuracy of ±5 kg (0.05% of full scale) is consistent with the level of precision required in heavy industrial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDifference from the Bernardo ID series: CW are electronic dynamometers FOR WEIGHING; ID are mechanical hooks FOR LIFTING (without weight measurement). For mixed lifting + weighing applications, use a CW; for lifting only, IDs are significantly cheaper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 50 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. EN 1677 compliance documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) included in the package. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the CW 10000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional tool; for hobby use, it is oversized unless specific applications involve lifting heavy loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with parts weight control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReal-time weighing during lifting to verify the actual weight of parts. ±5 kg accuracy is suitable for standard workshop loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with hoists\/cranes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor weighing suspended packages before loading\/unloading. LED display visible from a distance, 50-70 hours of actual use battery life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 10,000 kg (risk of instrument damage); applications requiring accuracy greater than 5 kg (consider smaller capacity models of the same CW series); environments with continuous vibrations (digital reading may fluctuate; the instrument is designed for static weighing); environments with extreme temperatures outside the typical -10\/+40°C range of industrial electronic instruments; applications requiring legal metrological certification (initial factory calibration, but not legal certification for commercial transactions by weight).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeighing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasurement accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePercentage resolution (% of full scale)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~0.05%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension A (height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e355 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension L (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension C (hook opening)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring instruments for industrial use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo CW 10000 crane scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-digit digital LED display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rechargeable batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial factory calibration documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the CW 10000 and a bench scale?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA crane scale weighs suspended loads (suspended from hoists, cranes, winches); a bench scale weighs loads placed on it. They are instruments for completely different applications: the crane scale is essential where the load cannot be placed (large packages, motors, suspended materials during handling).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crane scale is placed between the lifting system and the load: the upper hook attaches to the hoist, the lower hook to the load. The internal load cell measures the tensile force and converts it into weight displayed on the LED display. For static applications on a balance, a bench\/floor scale is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the instrument certified for commercial use (transactions by weight)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the CW 10000 is an industrial instrument factory-calibrated but NOT metrologically certified for commercial use (purchase\/sale transactions by weight). For commercial use, MID (Measuring Instruments Directive) certification issued by an accredited body is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal industrial applications (parts weight control, load verification, internal logistics weighing), factory calibration is sufficient. For commercial applications (selling materials by weight, invoicing based on weight), MID certification with a green 'M' label and official metrological stamp is mandatory: contacts are available from certifying bodies such as INRIM or equivalents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical battery life is 50-70 hours of continuous actual use. In daily craft use (10-30 minutes per day), the battery lasts 2-4 weeks before requiring recharging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated rechargeable batteries can be replaced by an authorized Bernardo service center. For intensive continuous use, a mains charger is recommended to be always available in the workshop, or to keep the instrument always charging when not in use. The auto-shutdown mode after inactivity significantly extends battery life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ±5 kg (0.05% of full scale) accuracy really significant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial applications, yes. At a maximum load of 10,000 kg, the relative error is approximately 0.05%. For typical working loads (50-80% of full scale), the relative error is slightly higher but remains below 0.1%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor industrial parts weight control (motors, mechanical components, crates), the ±5 kg accuracy is correctly sized. For applications requiring higher absolute accuracy (e.g., weighing jewelry, high-value unit materials), laboratory dynamometers or precision scales, not industrial instruments, are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the periodic calibration procedure work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, annual periodic verification with certified standard weights is recommended. The instrument allows correction of the calibration factor through a procedure indicated in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeriodic verification can be done in the workshop with standard weights of adequate capacity (e.g., 100 kg standard weight for CW 500). For formal annual certification, contact ACCREDIA accredited calibration centers or equivalents. For internal industrial control use, initial factory calibration is sufficient for most application cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694510772552,"sku":"07-1328","price":1610.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-CW-10000-extra-big-8853.jpg?v=1750076243"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-cw-15000","title":"Bernardo CW 15000 Crane Scale – weighing suspended loads up to 15,000 kg, accuracy ±5 kg, LED display, instrument weight 58 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 15000 hook dynamometer is a weighing instrument for suspended loads with a maximum capacity of 15,000 kg and a measurement accuracy of 5 kg. Dimensions H 355 mm × W 740 mm × D 930 mm, weight approx. 58 kg. It is applied directly to hoists, cranes and lifting systems to weigh the suspended load in real-time, with a digital LED display for immediate reading. Suitable for warehouses, workshops, loading\/unloading sites, load control on jib cranes or winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement accuracy:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePercentage resolution:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~0.03%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 355 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension L (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook development):\u003c\/strong\u003e 930 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstrument weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 58 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CW 15000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 15000 is an electronic hook dynamometer designed for weighing suspended loads up to 15,000 kg with an accuracy of 5 kg (approximately 0.03% of full scale). The typical application is in-line suspension with hoists, jib cranes, winches: the instrument is placed between the lifting system and the load to read the actual lifted weight in real-time. For heavy industrial weighing: coils, industrial motors, heavy crates, containers, and materials in loading\/unloading sites. The large-digit LED display allows weight reading even from a distance during loading operations, a crucial feature for construction site or warehouse applications with reduced visibility. The typical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual use. In Krollit customers' laboratories, the CW 15000 is chosen by mechanical workshops for checking the weight of lifted parts, logistics warehouses for weighing suspended packages, carpentry shops for verifying the weight of structures, and construction sites for controlling loads during crane handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW hook dynamometer range is organized into 7 models ordered by capacity and accuracy: CW 500 (500 kg, ±0.2 kg), CW 1000 (1,000 kg, ±0.5 kg), CW 2000 (2,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 3000 (3,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 5000 (5,000 kg, ±2 kg), CW 10000 (10,000 kg, ±5 kg), CW 15000 (15,000 kg, ±5 kg). Absolute accuracy decreases with increasing capacity, but percentage accuracy remains constant (approximately 0.03-0.05% of full scale).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCW 15000 model: heavy industrial range. For shipyards, large logistics warehouses, heavy industry with regular loads up to 12,000 kg. The accuracy of ±5 kg (0.03% of full scale) is consistent with the level of precision required in heavy industrial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDifference with the Bernardo ID series: the CW are electronic dynamometers FOR WEIGHING; the ID are mechanical hooks FOR LIFTING (without weight measurement). For mixed lifting + weighing applications, use a CW; for lifting only, the ID are significantly more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 58 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. EN 1677 conformity documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) included in the package. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the CW 15000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional tool; for hobby use, it is oversized unless specific applications involve lifting heavy loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with part weight control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReal-time weighing during lifting to verify the actual weight of parts. Accuracy ±5 kg suitable for standard workshop loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with hoists\/cranes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor weighing suspended packages before loading\/unloading. LED display visible from a distance, 50-70 hours of actual use autonomy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 15,000 kg (risk of instrument damage); applications requiring accuracy greater than 5 kg (consider models with lower capacity from the same CW series); environments with continuous vibrations (digital reading may fluctuate; the instrument is designed for static weighing); environments with extreme temperatures outside the typical -10\/+40°C range of industrial electronic instruments; applications requiring legal metrological certification (initial factory calibration, but not legal certification for commercial transactions by weight).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeighing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasurement accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePercentage resolution (% full scale)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~0.03%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension A (height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e355 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension L (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension C (hook development)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 58 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring instruments for industrial use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo CW 15000 hook dynamometer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-digit digital LED display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rechargeable batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial factory calibration documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the CW 15000 and a bench scale?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hook dynamometer weighs suspended loads (suspended from hoists, cranes, winches); a bench scale weighs loads placed on it. They are instruments for completely different applications: the dynamometer is essential where the load cannot be placed on a surface (large packages, motors, materials suspended during handling).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook dynamometer is placed between the lifting system and the load: the upper hook attaches to the hoist, the lower hook to the load. The internal load cell measures the pulling force and converts it into weight displayed on the LED display. For static applications on a weighbridge, a bench\/floor scale is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the instrument certified for commercial use (transactions by weight)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the CW 15000 is an industrial instrument factory calibrated but NOT metrologically certified for commercial use (purchase\/sale transactions by weight). For commercial use, MID (Measuring Instruments Directive) certification issued by an accredited body is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal industrial applications (part weight control, load verification, weighing for internal logistics), factory calibration is sufficient. For commercial applications (sale of materials by weight, invoicing based on weight), MID certification with a green 'M' label and official metrological stamp is mandatory: contacts are available from certifying bodies such as INRIM or equivalent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual continuous use. In daily artisan use (10-30 minutes per day), the battery lasts 2-4 weeks before requiring recharging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated rechargeable batteries can be replaced by an authorized Bernardo service center. For intensive continuous use, a mains charger should always be available in the workshop, or the instrument should be kept constantly charging when not in use. The auto-off mode after inactivity significantly extends battery life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ±5 kg accuracy (0.03% of full scale) truly significant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial applications, yes. For a maximum load of 15,000 kg, the relative error is approximately 0.03%. For typical working loads (50-80% of full scale), the relative error is slightly higher but remains below 0.1%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor industrial part weight control (motors, mechanical components, crates), the ±5 kg accuracy is appropriately sized. For applications requiring higher absolute accuracy (e.g., weighing jewelry, high unit value materials), laboratory dynamometers or precision balances are recommended, not industrial instruments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the periodic calibration procedure work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, annual periodic verification with certified test weights is recommended. The instrument allows correction of the calibration factor using the procedure indicated in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeriodic verification can be carried out in the workshop with appropriate capacity test weights (e.g., 100 kg test weight for CW 500). For formal annual certification, contact accredited ACCREDIA calibration centers or equivalent. For internal industrial control use, initial factory calibration is sufficient for most application cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694512968008,"sku":"07-1329","price":1720.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-CW-15000-extra-big-8858.jpg?v=1750076263"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-cw-2000","title":"Bernardo CW 2000 Hook Dynamometer – weighing suspended loads up to 2,000 kg, accuracy ±1 kg, LED display, instrument weight 11 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 2000 hanging scale dynamometer is a weighing instrument for suspended loads with a maximum capacity of 2,000 kg and a measurement accuracy of 1 kg. Dimensions H 315 mm × W 430 mm × D 540 mm, weight approx. 11 kg. It attaches directly to hoists, cranes, and lifting systems to weigh the suspended load in real-time, with a digital LED display for immediate reading. Suitable for warehouses, workshops, loading\/unloading sites, and checking loads on jib cranes or winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement accuracy:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePercentage resolution:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~0.05%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension H (height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 315 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension W (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension D (hook extension):\u003c\/strong\u003e 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstrument weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CW 2000 and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 2000 is an electronic hanging dynamometer sized for weighing suspended loads up to 2,000 kg with an accuracy of 1 kg (approximately 0.05% of full scale). The typical application is in-line suspension with hoists, jib cranes, winches: the instrument is placed between the lifting system and the load to read the actual lifted weight in real-time. For weighing medium mechanical components, industrial semi-finished products, and standard containers in professional workshops and commercial warehouses. The large-digit LED display allows weight readings even from a distance during loading operations, a crucial feature for applications in construction sites or warehouses with reduced visibility. The typical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual use. In Krollit customers' laboratories, the CW 2000 is chosen by mechanical workshops for checking the weight of lifted parts, logistics warehouses for weighing suspended packages, carpentry shops for verifying structural weight, and construction sites for checking loads during crane handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW hanging dynamometer range is organized into 7 models ordered by capacity and accuracy: CW 500 (500 kg, ±0.2 kg), CW 1000 (1,000 kg, ±0.5 kg), CW 2000 (2,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 3000 (3,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 5000 (5,000 kg, ±2 kg), CW 10000 (10,000 kg, ±5 kg), CW 15000 (15,000 kg, ±5 kg). Absolute accuracy decreases with increasing capacity, but percentage accuracy remains constant (approximately 0.03-0.05% of full scale).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CW 2000 model is mid-range. Suitable for workshops with typical loads up to 1600 kg. The ±1 kg accuracy is consistent with the capacity. Below: CW 1000\/500 for lighter loads with higher accuracy. Above: CW 5000 and above for industrial loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDifference from the Bernardo ID series: CW dynamometers are electronic scales FOR WEIGHING; ID hooks are mechanical hooks FOR LIFTING (without weight measurement). For mixed lifting + weighing applications, use a CW; for lifting only, IDs are significantly more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 11 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and can be easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Compliance documentation EN 1677 (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) included in the package. Customer assistance in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the CW 2000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional tool; for hobby use, it is oversized unless specific applications involve lifting heavy loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with parts weight control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReal-time weighing during lifting to verify the actual weight of parts. ±1 kg accuracy suitable for standard workshop loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with hoists\/cranes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor weighing suspended packages before loading\/unloading. LED display visible from a distance, 50-70 hours of actual use battery life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 2,000 kg (risk of instrument damage); applications requiring accuracy greater than 1 kg (consider lower capacity models in the same CW series); environments with continuous vibrations (digital reading may fluctuate; the instrument is sized for static weighing); environments with extreme temperatures outside the typical -10\/+40°C range of industrial electronic instruments; applications requiring legal metrological certification (initial factory calibration, but not legal certification for commercial weight transactions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeighing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasurement accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePercentage resolution (% full scale)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~0.05%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension A (height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension L (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension C (hook extension)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring instruments for industrial use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo CW 2000 hanging dynamometer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-digit digital LED display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rechargeable batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial factory calibration documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the CW 2000 and a bench scale?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hanging dynamometer weighs suspended loads (suspended from hoists, cranes, winches); a bench scale weighs loads placed on it. These are instruments for completely different applications: the dynamometer is essential where the load cannot be placed down (large packages, motors, materials suspended during handling).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hanging dynamometer is placed between the lifting system and the load: the upper hook attaches to the hoist, the lower hook to the load. The internal load cell measures the tensile force and converts it into a weight displayed on the LED screen. For static applications on a weighbridge, a bench\/floor scale is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the instrument certified for commercial use (weight transactions)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the CW 2000 is an industrial instrument factory calibrated but NOT metrologically certified for commercial use (purchase\/sale transactions by weight). For commercial use, MID (Measuring Instruments Directive) certification issued by an accredited body is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal industrial applications (checking part weight, verifying loads, weighing for internal logistics), factory calibration is sufficient. For commercial applications (selling materials by weight, invoicing based on weight), MID certification with a green 'M' label and official metrological seal is mandatory: contacts are available from certifying bodies such as INRIM or equivalents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual continuous use. In daily artisan use (10-30 minutes per day), the battery lasts 2-4 weeks before needing a recharge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated rechargeable batteries can be replaced by an authorized Bernardo service center. For intensive continuous use, a mains charger is recommended to be always available in the workshop, or to keep the instrument constantly charging when not in use. The auto-shutdown mode after inactivity significantly extends battery life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ±1 kg (0.05% of full scale) accuracy really significant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial applications, yes. At a maximum load of 2,000 kg, the relative error is approximately 0.05%. For typical working loads (50-80% of full scale), the relative error is slightly higher but remains below 0.1%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor checking the weight of industrial parts (motors, mechanical components, crates), the ±1 kg accuracy is correctly sized. For applications requiring higher absolute accuracy (e.g., weighing jewelry, high-value unit materials), laboratory dynamometers or precision balances are recommended, not industrial instruments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the periodic calibration procedure work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, annual periodic verification with certified test weights is recommended. The instrument allows correction of the calibration factor using the procedure outlined in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeriodic verification can be done in the workshop with test weights of appropriate capacity (e.g., a 100 kg test weight for the CW 500). For formal annual certification, contact accredited calibration centers such as ACCREDIA or equivalents. For internal industrial control use, initial factory calibration is sufficient for most application cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694516375880,"sku":"07-1325","price":1085.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-CW-2000-extra-big-8838.jpg?v=1750076286"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-cw-3000","title":"Bernardo Hook Dynamometer CW 3000 – weighing suspended loads up to 3,000 kg, accuracy ±1 kg, LED display, instrument weight 15 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 3000 hook dynamometer is a suspended load weighing instrument with a maximum capacity of 3,000 kg and a measurement accuracy of 1 kg. Dimensions H 315 mm × W 430 mm × C 540 mm, weight approx. 15 kg. It is directly applied to hoists, cranes, and lifting systems to weigh the suspended load in real-time, with a digital LED display for immediate reading. Suitable for warehouses, workshops, loading\/unloading sites, and load control on jib cranes or winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement accuracy:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePercentage resolution:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~0.03%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 315 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension L (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook development):\u003c\/strong\u003e 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstrument weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 15 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CW 3000 and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 3000 is an electronic hook dynamometer sized for weighing suspended loads up to 3,000 kg with an accuracy of 1 kg (approximately 0.03% of full scale). The typical application is in-line suspension with hoists, jib cranes, winches: the instrument is placed between the lifting system and the load to read the actual lifted weight in real-time. For weighing medium mechanical components, industrial semi-finished products, standard containers in professional workshops and commercial warehouses. The large-digit LED display allows reading the weight even from a distance during loading operations, a crucial feature for applications on construction sites or in warehouses with reduced visibility. The typical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual use. In Krollit's customers' laboratories, the CW 3000 is chosen by mechanical workshops for checking the weight of lifted parts, logistics warehouses for weighing suspended packages, carpentry shops for verifying the weight of structures, and construction sites for controlling loads during crane handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW hook dynamometer range is organized into 7 models ordered by capacity and accuracy: CW 500 (500 kg, ±0.2 kg), CW 1000 (1,000 kg, ±0.5 kg), CW 2000 (2,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 3000 (3,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 5000 (5,000 kg, ±2 kg), CW 10000 (10,000 kg, ±5 kg), CW 15000 (15,000 kg, ±5 kg). Absolute accuracy decreases with increasing capacity, but percentage accuracy remains constant (approximately 0.03-0.05% of full scale).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CW 3000 model is mid-range. Suitable for workshops with typical loads up to 2400 kg. The ±1 kg accuracy is consistent with the capacity. Below: CW 1000\/500 for lighter loads with higher accuracy. Above: CW 5000 and beyond for industrial loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDifference with the Bernardo ID series: CW dynamometers are electronic for WEIGHING; ID hooks are mechanical for LIFTING (without weight measurement). For mixed lifting + weighing applications, use a CW; for lifting only, IDs are significantly cheaper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 15 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Conformity documentation EN 1677 (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration (for CW dynamometers) included in the package. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the CW 3000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional tool; for hobby use it is oversized unless for specific applications involving heavy lifting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with part weight control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReal-time weighing during lifting for verification of actual part weight. ±1 kg accuracy suitable for standard workshop loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with hoists\/cranes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor weighing suspended packages before loading\/unloading. LED display visible from a distance, 50-70 hours of actual use autonomy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 3,000 kg (risk of instrument damage); applications requiring accuracy higher than 1 kg (consider lower capacity models in the same CW series); environments with continuous vibrations (digital reading may fluctuate; the instrument is sized for static weighing); environments with extreme temperatures outside the typical -10\/+40°C range for industrial electronic instruments; applications requiring legal metrological certification (initial factory calibration, but not legal certification for commercial weight transactions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeighing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasurement accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePercentage resolution (% full scale)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~0.03%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension A (height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension L (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension C (hook development)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring instruments for industrial use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo CW 3000 hook dynamometer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge digit digital LED display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rechargeable batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial factory calibration documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the CW 3000 and a bench scale?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook dynamometer weighs suspended loads (suspended from hoists, cranes, winches); the bench scale weighs loads placed on it. These instruments are for completely different applications: the dynamometer is essential where the load cannot be placed on a surface (large packages, engines, materials suspended during handling).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook dynamometer is placed between the lifting system and the load: the upper hook attaches to the hoist, the lower hook to the load. The internal load cell measures the tensile force and converts it into weight displayed on the LED display. For static applications on a balance, a bench\/floor scale is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the instrument certified for commercial use (weight transactions)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the CW 3000 is an industrial instrument factory calibrated but NOT metrologically certified for commercial use (purchase\/sale transactions by weight). For commercial use, MID (Measuring Instruments Directive) certification issued by an accredited body is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal industrial applications (checking part weights, load verification, weighing for internal logistics), factory calibration is sufficient. For commercial applications (selling materials by weight, invoicing based on weight), MID certification with a green 'M' label and official metrological stamp is mandatory: contacts are available from certification bodies such as INRIM or equivalent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual continuous use. In daily artisanal use (10-30 minutes per day), the battery lasts 2-4 weeks before requiring recharging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated rechargeable batteries can be replaced by an authorized Bernardo service center. For continuous intensive use, a mains charger should always be available in the workshop, or the instrument should be kept charged when not in use. The auto-shutdown mode after inactivity significantly extends battery life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ±1 kg accuracy (0.03% of full scale) truly significant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial applications, yes. For a maximum load of 3,000 kg, the relative error is approximately 0.03%. For typical working loads (50-80% of full scale), the relative error is slightly higher but remains below 0.1%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor industrial part weight control (motors, mechanical components, crates), the ±1 kg accuracy is correctly dimensioned. For applications requiring higher absolute accuracy (e.g., weighing jewelry, high unit value materials), laboratory dynamometers or precision scales are recommended, not industrial instruments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the periodic calibration procedure work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, annual periodic verification with certified standard weights is recommended. The instrument allows correction of the calibration factor through the procedure indicated in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeriodic verification can be done in the workshop with standard weights of adequate capacity (e.g., a 100 kg standard weight for CW 500). For formal annual certification, contact ACCREDIA accredited calibration centers or equivalent. For internal industrial control use, initial factory calibration is sufficient for most application cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694516769096,"sku":"07-1326","price":1072.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-CW-3000-extra-big-8843.jpg?v=1750076307"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-cw-500","title":"Bernardo CW 500 hook dynamometer – weighing suspended loads up to 500 kg, accuracy ±0.2 kg, LED display, instrument weight 5 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 500 hook dynamometer is a weighing instrument for suspended loads with a maximum capacity of 500 kg and a measurement accuracy of 0.2 kg. Dimensions H 315 mm × W 430 mm × C 540 mm, weight approx. 5 kg. It is directly applied to hoists, cranes, and lifting systems to weigh the suspended load in real-time, with a digital LED display for immediate reading. Suitable for warehouses, workshops, loading\/unloading sites, and checking loads on jib cranes or winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement accuracy:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePercentage resolution:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~0.04%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 315 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension L (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook development):\u003c\/strong\u003e 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstrument weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CW 500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 500 is an electronic hook dynamometer designed for weighing suspended loads up to 500 kg with an accuracy of 0.2 kg (approximately 0.04% of full scale). The typical application is in-line suspension with hoists, jib cranes, winches: the instrument is placed between the lifting system and the load to read the actual weight lifted in real-time. For weighing packages, containers, mechanical components, and light materials in artisan workshops and small-medium warehouses. The large-digit LED display allows weight readings even from a distance during loading operations, a crucial feature for construction site applications or warehouses with reduced visibility. The typical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual use. In Krollit customers' laboratories, the CW 500 is chosen by mechanical workshops for checking the weight of lifted parts, logistics warehouses for weighing suspended packages, carpentry shops for verifying the weight of structures, and construction sites for checking loads during crane handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW hook dynamometer range is organized into 7 models ordered by capacity and accuracy: CW 500 (500 kg, ±0.2 kg), CW 1000 (1,000 kg, ±0.5 kg), CW 2000 (2,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 3000 (3,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 5000 (5,000 kg, ±2 kg), CW 10000 (10,000 kg, ±5 kg), CW 15000 (15,000 kg, ±5 kg). Absolute accuracy decreases with increasing capacity, but percentage accuracy remains constant (approximately 0.03-0.05% of full scale).\n\nThe CW 500 model is entry\/mid-range. For workshops with typical loads under 800 kg, the fine accuracy (0.2 kg) is correctly sized. For larger loads, choose higher models: CW 2000 for up to 2,000 kg, CW 3000 for up to 3,000 kg, etc.\n\nDifference from the Bernardo ID series: CW are electronic dynamometers FOR WEIGHING; ID are mechanical hooks FOR LIFTING (without weight measurement). For mixed lifting + weighing applications, use a CW; for lifting only, IDs are significantly more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 5 kg, it is shipped in individual protective packaging and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. EN 1677 conformity documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) included in the package. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the CW 500 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional tool; for hobby use, it is oversized unless for specific applications involving lifting heavy loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with parts weight control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReal-time weighing during lifting to verify the actual weight of parts. ±0.2 kg accuracy suitable for standard workshop loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with hoists\/cranes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor weighing suspended packages before loading\/unloading. LED display visible from a distance, 50-70 hours of actual use battery life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 500 kg (risk of instrument damage); applications requiring accuracy greater than 0.2 kg (consider smaller capacity models in the same CW series); environments with continuous vibrations (digital reading may fluctuate; the instrument is designed for static weighing); environments with extreme temperatures outside the typical -10\/+40°C range of industrial electronic instruments; applications requiring legal metrological certification (initial factory calibration, but not legal certification for commercial weight-based transactions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeighing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasurement accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePercentage resolution (% full scale)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~0.04%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension A (height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension L (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension C (hook development)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring instruments for industrial use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo CW 500 hook dynamometer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-digit digital LED display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rechargeable batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial factory calibration documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the CW 500 and a bench scale?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook dynamometer weighs suspended loads (suspended from hoists, cranes, winches); a bench scale weighs loads placed on it. These are instruments for completely different applications: the dynamometer is essential where the load cannot be placed down (large packages, motors, materials suspended during handling).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook dynamometer is placed between the lifting system and the load: the upper hook attaches to the hoist, the lower hook to the load. The internal load cell measures the pulling force and converts it into a weight displayed on the LED screen. For static applications on a balance, a bench\/floor scale is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the instrument certified for commercial use (weight-based transactions)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the CW 500 is an industrial instrument factory calibrated but NOT metrologically certified for commercial use (purchase\/sale transactions by weight). For commercial use, MID (Measuring Instruments Directive) certification issued by an accredited body is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal industrial applications (checking part weights, verifying loads, internal logistics weighing), factory calibration is sufficient. For commercial applications (selling materials by weight, invoicing based on weight), MID certification with a green 'M' label and official metrological stamp is mandatory: contacts are available from certifying bodies like INRIM or equivalents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual continuous use. In daily artisan use (10-30 minutes per day), the battery lasts 2-4 weeks before requiring recharging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated rechargeable batteries can be replaced by an authorized Bernardo service center. For intensive continuous use, a mains charger should always be available in the workshop, or the instrument should be kept charged when not in use. The auto-shutdown mode after inactivity significantly extends battery life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ±0.2 kg accuracy (0.04% of full scale) truly significant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial applications, yes. At a maximum load of 500 kg, the relative error is approximately 0.04%. For typical working loads (50-80% of full scale), the relative error is slightly higher but remains below 0.1%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor checking the weight of industrial parts (motors, mechanical components, crates), the ±0.2 kg accuracy is correctly sized. For applications requiring higher absolute precision (e.g., weighing jewelry, high unit value materials), laboratory dynamometers or precision balances are recommended, not industrial instruments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the periodic calibration procedure work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, annual periodic verification with certified standard weights is recommended. The instrument allows correction of the calibration factor using the procedure outlined in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeriodic verification can be done in the workshop with standard weights of adequate capacity (e.g., a 100 kg standard weight for the CW 500). For formal annual certification, contact ACCREDIA-accredited calibration centers or equivalents. For internal industrial control use, the initial factory calibration is sufficient for most application cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694519226696,"sku":"07-1323","price":1024.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-CW-500-extra-big-8828.jpg?v=1750076329"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-cw-5000","title":"Bernardo CW 5000 hook dynamometer – weighing suspended loads up to 5,000 kg, accuracy ±2 kg, LED display, instrument weight 21 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 5000 hanging dynamometer for weighing is a weighing instrument for suspended loads with a maximum capacity of 5,000 kg and a measurement accuracy of 2 kg. Dimensions H 315 mm × W 430 mm × D 710 mm, weight approx. 21 kg. It is applied directly to hoists, cranes and lifting systems to weigh the suspended load in real time, with a digital LED display for immediate reading. Suitable for warehouses, workshops, loading\/unloading sites, and controlling loads on jib cranes or winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement accuracy:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePercentage resolution:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~0.04%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 315 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension L (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook extension):\u003c\/strong\u003e 710 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstrument weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 21 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CW 5000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW 5000 is an electronic hanging dynamometer designed for weighing suspended loads up to 5,000 kg with an accuracy of 2 kg (approximately 0.04% of full scale). The typical application is in-line suspension with hoists, jib cranes, winches: the instrument is placed between the lifting system and the load to read the actual lifted weight in real time. For weighing heavy industrial components, equipment, medium crates and containers in workshops and industrial warehouses. The large-digit LED display allows weight readings even from a distance during loading operations, a crucial feature for applications in construction sites or warehouses with reduced visibility. Typical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual use. In Krollit customer laboratories, the CW 5000 is chosen by mechanical workshops for checking the weight of lifted parts, logistics warehouses for weighing suspended packages, carpentry workshops for verifying the weight of structures, and construction sites for controlling loads during handling with cranes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CW hanging dynamometer range consists of 7 models ordered by capacity and accuracy: CW 500 (500 kg, ±0.2 kg), CW 1000 (1,000 kg, ±0.5 kg), CW 2000 (2,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 3000 (3,000 kg, ±1 kg), CW 5000 (5,000 kg, ±2 kg), CW 10000 (10,000 kg, ±5 kg), CW 15000 (15,000 kg, ±5 kg). Absolute accuracy decreases with increasing capacity, but percentage accuracy remains constant (approximately 0.03-0.05% of full scale).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CW 5000 model is in the mid-to-high range. For industrial workshops with regular lifts up to 4000 kg. For loads above 5,000 kg, upgrade to the CW 10000 (10,000 kg) or CW 15000 (15,000 kg) from the heavy industrial range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDifference from the Bernardo ID series: CW dynamometers are electronic FOR WEIGHING; ID hooks are mechanical FOR LIFTING (without weight measurement). For mixed lifting + weighing applications, use a CW; for lifting only, IDs are significantly cheaper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 21 kg, it is shipped in individual protective packaging and can be easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. EN 1677 conformity documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) is included in the package. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the CW 5000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional tool; for hobby use it is oversized unless for specific applications involving heavy lifting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with part weight control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReal-time weighing during lifting to verify the actual weight of parts. ±2 kg accuracy suitable for standard workshop loads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouse with hoists\/cranes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor weighing suspended packages before loading\/unloading. LED display visible from a distance, 50-70 hours of actual use battery life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 5,000 kg (risk of instrument damage); applications requiring accuracy greater than 2 kg (consider lower capacity models from the same CW series); environments with continuous vibrations (digital reading may fluctuate; the instrument is designed for static weighing); environments with extreme temperatures outside the typical -10\/+40°C range for industrial electronic instruments; applications requiring legal metrological certification (initial factory calibration, but not legal certification for commercial weight transactions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeighing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasurement accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePercentage resolution (% full scale)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~0.04%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension A (height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension L (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimension C (hook extension)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 21 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring instruments for industrial use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo CW 5000 Hanging Dynamometer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-digit digital LED display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rechargeable batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial factory calibration documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the CW 5000 and a bench scale?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hanging dynamometer weighs suspended loads (suspended from hoists, cranes, winches); the bench scale weighs loads placed on it. These are instruments for completely different applications: the dynamometer is essential where the load cannot be placed (large packages, motors, suspended materials during handling).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hanging dynamometer is placed between the lifting system and the load: the upper hook attaches to the hoist, the lower hook to the load. The internal load cell measures the tensile force and converts it into weight displayed on the LED screen. For static applications on a platform, a bench\/floor scale is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the instrument certified for commercial use (weight transactions)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the CW 5000 is an industrial instrument factory calibrated but NOT metrologically certified for commercial use (purchase\/sale transactions by weight). For commercial use, MID (Measuring Instruments Directive) certification issued by an accredited body is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal industrial applications (checking part weight, verifying loads, weighing for internal logistics), factory calibration is sufficient. For commercial applications (selling materials by weight, invoicing based on weight), MID certification with a green 'M' label and official metrological stamp is mandatory: contacts are available from certifying bodies such as INRIM or equivalents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the battery last in daily use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical battery life is 50-70 hours of actual continuous use. In daily craft use (10-30 minutes per day), the battery lasts 2-4 weeks before requiring recharging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated rechargeable batteries can be replaced by an authorized Bernardo service center. For intensive continuous use, a mains charger is recommended to be always available in the workshop, or to keep the instrument continuously charging when not in use. The auto-shutdown mode after inactivity significantly extends battery life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ±2 kg (0.04% of full scale) accuracy really significant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial applications, yes. At a maximum load of 5,000 kg, the relative error is approximately 0.04%. For typical working loads (50-80% of full scale), the relative error is slightly higher but remains below 0.1%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor controlling the weight of industrial parts (motors, mechanical components, crates), the ±2 kg accuracy is correctly dimensioned. For applications requiring higher absolute precision (e.g., weighing jewelry, high-value unit materials), laboratory dynamometers or precision balances are recommended, not industrial instruments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the periodic calibration procedure work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, annual periodic verification with certified standard weights is recommended. The instrument allows correction of the calibration factor through the procedure indicated in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeriodic verification can be done in the workshop with standard weights of adequate capacity (e.g., 100 kg standard weight for CW 500). For formal annual certification, contact ACCREDIA accredited calibration centers or equivalents. For internal industrial control use, initial factory calibration is sufficient for most application cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694520537416,"sku":"07-1327","price":1243.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-CW-5000-extra-big-8848.jpg?v=1750076350"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-id-1000","title":"Bernardo ID 1000 lifting hook with safety latch – 1,000 kg capacity, forged steel, Ø 14 mm bore, EN 1677 compliant","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 1000 lifting hook with safety latch is a mechanical hook for slings with a maximum capacity of 1,000 kg and an integrated safety locking device. Dimensions A 220 mm × B 89.9 mm × C 41.9 mm, hole Ø D 14 mm, weight approx. 0.5 kg. Made of high-strength forged steel. It connects to chains, wire ropes, or slings for lifting loads during hoisting operations. Suitable for mechanical workshops, carpentry shops, warehouses, loading\/unloading sites, applications with jib cranes, hoists, winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated (automatic closing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (total height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 89.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook opening):\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHole Ø D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ID 1000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 1000 is a mechanical lifting hook made of forged steel, sized for capacities up to 1,000 kg. Key structural feature: the integrated safety device (spring-loaded closing latch) prevents accidental unhooking of the sling during lifting. For operator safety in lifting operations, the safety device is legally mandatory (European standard EN 1677 on lifting hooks). The 1,000 kg capacity is sized for lifting medium loads: engines, industrial mechanical components, standard crates, workshop materials. The Ø 14 mm hole allows connection to chains, wire ropes, textile slings, or standard lifting straps. The hook opening C 41.9 mm defines the dimensions of the compatible sling eye. In Krollit customer workshops, the ID 1000 hook is chosen by mechanical workshops, metalworking shops, construction sites, logistics warehouses, and all contexts where lifting operations require certified hooks compliant with European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID lifting hook range is organized into 6 models by capacity: ID 250 (250 kg), ID 500 (500 kg), ID 1000 (1,000 kg), ID 2000 (2,000 kg), ID 3200 (3,200 kg), ID 6400 (6,400 kg). All models are made of high-strength forged steel with an integrated safety device (automatic spring-loaded closing latch) compliant with European standard EN 1677. \n\nID 1000 and ID 2000 models: the difference is the Ø D hole (14 mm vs 21.8 mm) and the overall size (A 220 vs 233 mm). The ID 1000 model is sized for standard workshop lifting. For lower capacities (250-500 kg), the ID 250\/500 are more economical; for over 2,000 kg, move up to ID 3200 or ID 6400.\n\nDifference with the Bernardo CW series: ID models are pure lifting hooks (without weight measurement); CW models are electronic crane scales (with integrated weighing system). For lifting-only applications, ID models are economical and robust; for applications where load weighing is also needed, choose CW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 0.5 kg, it is shipped in individual protective packaging and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. EN 1677 conformity documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) is included in the package. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the ID 1000 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist with occasional lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor occasional lifting of engines, equipment, materials in a home workshop. Integrated safety device, EN 1677 certification.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with regular lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting engines, mechanical components, equipment in the workshop. High-strength forged steel, safety device for daily operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry \/ construction site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting metal structures, building materials, construction site equipment. EN 1677 compliance is mandatory for professional use on site.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 1,000 kg (risk of hook breakage and serious injury); applications with dynamic or impulsive loads exceeding the certified static capacity (observe the safety coefficients declared by the manufacturer); applications requiring load weighing (the CW dynamometer series is the correct choice); corrosive environments without adequate protection (forged steel is galvanized but not resistant to aggressive solvents or marine atmospheres); use without the safety device closed (the closing latch MUST always be intact: if damaged, replace the hook immediately).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLifting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertified maximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spring-loaded closing latch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-strength forged steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGeometric dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA (total height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC (hook opening)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ D (hole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 0.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEN 1677 (Hooks for lifting slings)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo ID 1000 lifting hook with safety device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEN 1677 conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity marking on the hook body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual and instructions for periodic inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'integrated safety device' mean on a lifting hook?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a spring-loaded closing latch that automatically closes the hook opening once the sling is inserted: it prevents accidental unhooking of the sling during lifting. It is legally mandatory in lifting operations according to European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a safety device, during a lift, the sling could accidentally unhook due to oscillations, impacts, or load rotations, with the risk of the load falling and serious injury. The safety device is a crucial component of the hook: if the closing latch is damaged or does not close correctly, the hook MUST NOT be used and must be replaced immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 1,000 kg capacity really safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a standard safety factor. The 1,000 kg capacity is the certified Working Load Limit (WLL): the hook is designed to withstand approximately 4 times this load before static failure. The minimum safety factor is 4:1 according to EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: WLL refers to vertical static loads. For dynamic loads (fast lifts, impacts, oscillations), the effective capacity is reduced. For angular slings (2 or 4-leg chains that form an angle with the vertical), the effective capacity of each hook is significantly reduced: at a 60° opening, the effective capacity is 50% of the nominal. Consult EN 818-2 tables for correct sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the hook be inspected?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor daily professional use: visual inspection before each use, thorough inspection every 6-12 months by qualified personnel. For occasional use: thorough annual inspection. Italian regulations require registration of periodic inspections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat to check during inspections: deformations of the hook body (elongation of the opening), integrity of the safety device (latch closes correctly), absence of cracks or excessive wear, legibility of the capacity marking. If even one of these conditions is not met, the hook must be replaced. EN 1677-1 provides detailed evaluation criteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the hook with chains or only with textile slings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith both. The Ø 14 mm hole allows connection to lifting chains (check compatible link diameter), wire ropes (with thimble), textile slings with eyelets, lifting straps. Compatibility depends on the dimensions of the sling eye.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lifting chains, the chain capacity MUST be equal to or greater than the hook capacity: using a chain with a lower capacity than the hook involves the risk of chain breakage. Textile slings (straps, slings) typically have higher safety factors than chains (5:1 or 7:1). For heavy continuous industrial applications, chains are preferable for superior durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the safety closing latch be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is a replaceable component. In case of damage to the latch or the return spring, the original Bernardo spare part is available from stock. Replacement is a simple operation (5-10 minutes) that does not require specialized skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safety device is a consumable component subject to wear: in daily operations, the spring may lose tension, the latch may deform due to accidental impacts. For intensive use, it is recommended to keep a stock of spare parts. Daily visual inspection to ensure the closing latch functions correctly before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694521815368,"sku":"07-1317","price":780.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-ID-1000-extra-big-8814.jpg?v=1750076374"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-id-2000","title":"Lifting hook Bernardo ID 2000 with safety latch – capacity 2,000 kg, forged steel, bore Ø 21.8 mm, compliant with EN 1677","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 2000 lifting hook with safety device is a mechanical hook for slings with a maximum capacity of 2,000 kg and an integrated safety locking device. Dimensions A 233 mm × B 89.9 mm × C 48 mm, hole Ø D 21.8 mm, weight approx. 0.6 kg. Made of high-strength forged steel. It connects to chains, wire ropes, or straps for rigging loads during lifting operations. Suitable for mechanical workshops, carpentry shops, warehouses, loading\/unloading sites, applications with jib cranes, hoists, winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated (automatic closing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (overall height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 233 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 89.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook opening):\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHole Ø D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ID 2000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 2000 is a mechanical lifting hook made of forged steel, designed for capacities up to 2,000 kg. Key design feature: the integrated safety device (spring-loaded latch) prevents accidental release of the sling during lifting. For operator safety in lifting operations, the safety device is legally mandatory (European standard EN 1677 on lifting hooks). The 2,000 kg capacity is designed for lifting medium loads: engines, industrial mechanical components, standard crates, workshop materials. The Ø 21.8 mm hole allows connection to chains, wire ropes, textile slings or standard lifting slings. The hook opening C 48 mm defines the size of the compatible sling eyelet. In Krollit customers' workshops, the ID 2000 hook is chosen by mechanical workshops, metal carpentry shops, construction sites, logistics warehouses, and all contexts where lifting operations require hooks certified to European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID lifting hook range is organized into 6 models by capacity: ID 250 (250 kg), ID 500 (500 kg), ID 1000 (1,000 kg), ID 2000 (2,000 kg), ID 3200 (3,200 kg), ID 6400 (6,400 kg). All models are made of high-strength forged steel with an integrated safety device (automatic spring-loaded latch) compliant with European standard EN 1677. \n\nID 1000 and ID 2000 models: the difference is the hole Ø D (14 mm vs 21.8 mm) and the overall size (A 220 vs 233 mm). The ID 2000 model is sized for standard workshop lifting. For lower capacities (250-500 kg), the ID 250\/500 models are more economical; for over 2,000 kg, upgrade to ID 3200 or ID 6400.\n\nDifference from the Bernardo CW series: ID hooks are purely lifting hooks (without weight measurement); CW hooks are electronic hook scales (with integrated weighing system). For lifting-only applications, ID hooks are economical and robust; for applications where load weighing is also needed, choose CW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Weighing approx. 0.6 kg, it is shipped in individual protective packaging and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. EN 1677 conformity documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) included in the package. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the ID 2000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist with occasional lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor occasional lifting of engines, equipment, materials in a home workshop. Integrated safety device, EN 1677 certification.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with regular lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting engines, mechanical components, equipment in the workshop. High-strength forged steel, safety device for daily operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry \/ construction site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting metal structures, building materials, construction site equipment. EN 1677 compliance mandatory for professional use on site.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 2,000 kg (risk of hook breakage and serious injury); applications with dynamic or impulsive loads exceeding the certified static capacity (respect manufacturer's stated safety coefficients); applications requiring load weighing (the CW dynamometer series is the correct choice); corrosive environments without adequate protection (forged steel is galvanized but not resistant to aggressive solvents or marine atmospheres); use without the safety device closed (the latch MUST always be intact: if damaged, replace the hook immediately).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLifting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertified maximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spring-loaded latch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-strength forged steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGeometric dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA (overall height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e233 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC (hook opening)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ D (hole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e207 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 0.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEN 1677 (Hooks for lifting slings)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo ID 2000 lifting hook with safety device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEN 1677 conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity marking on the hook body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual and instructions for periodic inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'integrated safety device' mean on a lifting hook?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a spring-loaded latch that automatically closes the hook's opening once the sling is inserted, preventing accidental release of the sling during lifting. It is legally mandatory in lifting operations according to European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a safety device, during a lift, the sling could accidentally disengage due to oscillations, impacts, or rotation of the load, with the risk of the load falling and causing serious injury. The safety device is a crucial component of the hook: if the closing latch is damaged or does not close correctly, the hook MUST NOT be used and should be replaced immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 2,000 kg capacity really safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a standard safety factor. The 2,000 kg capacity is the certified working load limit (WLL): the hook is designed to withstand approximately 4 times this load before static failure. The minimum safety factor is 4:1 according to EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: the WLL refers to static vertical loads. For dynamic loads (fast lifts, impacts, oscillations), the effective capacity is reduced. For angled slings (2 or 4-leg chains forming an angle with the vertical), the effective capacity of each hook is significantly reduced: at a 60° opening, the effective capacity is 50% of the nominal. Consult EN 818-2 tables for correct sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the hook be inspected?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor daily professional use: visual inspection before each use, in-depth inspection every 6-12 months by qualified personnel. For occasional use: annual in-depth inspection. Italian regulations require registration of periodic inspections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat to check during inspections: deformations of the hook body (elongation of the opening), integrity of the safety device (latch closes correctly), absence of cracks or excessive wear, legibility of the capacity marking. If even one of these conditions is not met, the hook must be replaced. EN 1677-1 provides detailed evaluation criteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the hook with chains or only with textile slings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith both. The Ø 21.8 mm hole allows connection to lifting chains (check compatible link diameter), wire ropes (with thimble), textile eye slings, lifting slings. Compatibility depends on the size of the sling eyelet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lifting chains, the chain's capacity MUST be equal to or greater than the hook's capacity: using a chain with a lower capacity than the hook carries the risk of chain breakage. Textile slings (straps, slings) typically have higher safety factors than chains (5:1 or 7:1). For continuous heavy industrial applications, chains are preferable for longer durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the safety closing latch be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is a replaceable component. In case of damage to the latch or the return spring, original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock. Replacement is a simple operation (5-10 minutes) that does not require specialized skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safety device is a consumable component subject to wear: in daily operations, the spring may lose tension, the latch may deform due to accidental impacts. For intensive use, it is recommended to keep a stock of spare parts. Daily visual inspection is required to ensure the closing latch functions correctly before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694522503496,"sku":"07-1318","price":805.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-ID-2000-extra-big-8817.jpg?v=1750076393"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-id-250","title":"Lifting Hook Bernardo ID 250 with Safety Latch – 250 kg capacity, forged steel, bore Ø 14 mm, compliant with EN 1677","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 250 lifting hook with safety latch is a mechanical hook for slings with a maximum capacity of 250 kg and an integrated safety closing device. Dimensions A 220 mm × B 89.9 mm × C 41.9 mm, hole Ø D 14 mm, weight approx. 0.5 kg. Made of high-strength forged steel. It connects to chains, wire ropes, or slings for rigging loads during lifting operations. Suitable for mechanical workshops, carpentry shops, warehouses, loading\/unloading sites, applications with jib cranes, hoists, winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated (automatic closing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (total height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 89.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook opening):\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHole Ø D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ID 250 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 250 is a mechanical lifting hook made of forged steel, designed for capacities up to 250 kg. Key construction feature: the integrated safety device (spring-loaded closing tongue) prevents accidental unhooking of the sling during lifting. For operator safety in lifting operations, the safety device is legally mandatory (European standard EN 1677 on lifting hooks). 250 kg capacity designed for lifting light loads: packages, semi-finished products, small equipment. The Ø 14 mm hole allows connection to chains, wire ropes, textile slings or standard lifting slings. The hook opening C 41.9 mm defines the dimensions of the compatible sling eye. In Krollit customer workshops, the ID 250 hook is chosen by mechanical workshops, metal carpentry shops, construction sites, logistics warehouses, and all contexts where lifting operations require certified hooks compliant with European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID lifting hook range is organized into 6 models by capacity: ID 250 (250 kg), ID 500 (500 kg), ID 1000 (1,000 kg), ID 2000 (2,000 kg), ID 3200 (3,200 kg), ID 6400 (6,400 kg). All models are made of high-strength forged steel with an integrated safety device (automatic spring-loaded closing tongue) compliant with European standard EN 1677.\n\nID 250 and ID 500 models share dimensions A 220 × B 89.9 × C 41.9 mm with a Ø 14 mm hole: physically the same hook, different capacity certification. The ID 250 model is designed for light applications. For larger capacities (1,000-2,000 kg), move up to the ID 1000\/2000 family with a larger Ø hole (14-21.8 mm).\n\nDifference with the Bernardo CW series: ID hooks are pure lifting hooks (without weight measurement); CW hooks are electronic dynamometers (with integrated weighing system). For lifting-only applications, ID hooks are economical and robust; for applications where load weighing is also required, choose CW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days in the South). With a weight of approx. 0.5 kg, it is shipped in individual protective packaging and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. EN 1677 conformity documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration (for CW dynamometers) included in the package. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the ID 250 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist with occasional lifts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor occasional lifting of engines, equipment, materials in a home workshop. Integrated safety device, EN 1677 certification.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with regular lifts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting engines, mechanical components, equipment in the workshop. High-strength forged steel, safety device for daily operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry \/ construction site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting metal structures, building materials, construction site equipment. EN 1677 compliance is mandatory for professional use on site.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 250 kg (risk of hook breakage and serious injury); applications with dynamic or impulsive loads exceeding the certified static capacity (observe the safety coefficients declared by the manufacturer); applications requiring load weighing (the CW dynamometer series is the correct choice); corrosive environments without adequate protection (forged steel is galvanized but not resistant to aggressive solvents or marine atmospheres); use without the safety device closed (the closing tongue MUST always be intact: if damaged, replace the hook immediately).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLifting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertified maximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spring-loaded closing tongue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-strength forged steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGeometric dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA (total height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC (hook opening)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ D (hole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 0.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEN 1677 (Hooks for lifting slings)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo ID 250 lifting hook with safety device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEN 1677 conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity marking on the hook body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual and instructions for periodic inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'integrated safety device' mean on a lifting hook?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a spring-loaded closing tongue that automatically closes the hook opening once the sling is inserted: it prevents accidental unhooking of the sling during lifting. It is legally mandatory in lifting operations according to European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a safety device, during a lift, the sling could accidentally unhook due to oscillations, impacts, or rotations of the load, with the risk of the load falling and serious injury. The safety device is a crucial component of the hook: if the closing tongue is damaged or does not close correctly, the hook MUST NOT be used and must be replaced immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 250 kg capacity really safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a standard safety factor. The 250 kg capacity is the certified working load limit (WLL): the hook is designed to withstand approximately 4 times this load before static failure. The minimum safety factor is 4:1 according to EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: the WLL refers to static vertical loads. For dynamic loads (fast lifts, impacts, oscillations), the effective capacity is reduced. For angular slings (2 or 4-leg chains that form an angle with the vertical), the effective capacity of each hook is significantly reduced: at a 60° opening, the effective capacity is 50% of the nominal. Consult EN 818-2 tables for correct sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the hook be inspected?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor daily professional use: visual inspection before each use, in-depth inspection every 6-12 months by qualified personnel. For occasional use: annual in-depth inspection. Italian regulations require recording periodic inspections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat to check during inspections: deformation of the hook body (elongation of the opening), integrity of the safety device (tongue closes correctly), absence of cracks or excessive wear, legibility of the capacity marking. If even one of these conditions is not met, the hook must be replaced. EN 1677-1 provides detailed evaluation criteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the hook with chains or only with textile slings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith both. The Ø 14 mm hole allows connection to lifting chains (check compatible link diameter), wire ropes (with thimble), textile slings with eyelets, lifting slings. Compatibility depends on the dimensions of the sling eye.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lifting chains, the chain's capacity MUST be equal to or greater than the hook's capacity: using a chain with a lower capacity than the hook carries the risk of chain breakage. Textile slings (straps, slings) typically have higher safety factors than chains (5:1 or 7:1). For continuous heavy industrial applications, chains are preferable for longer durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the safety closing tongue be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is a replaceable component. In case of damage to the tongue or the return spring, the original Bernardo spare part is available from stock. Replacement is a simple operation (5-10 minutes) that does not require specialized skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safety device is a wear-and-tear component: in daily operations, the spring can lose tension, the tongue can deform due to accidental impacts. For intensive use, it is recommended to keep a stock of spare parts. Daily visual inspection is required to ensure the closing tongue functions correctly before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694522732872,"sku":"07-1315","price":732.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-ID-250-extra-big-8808.jpg?v=1750076413"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-id-3200","title":"Bernardo ID 3200 Lifting Hook with Safety Latch – 3,200 kg capacity, forged steel, Ø 21.8 mm bore, EN 1677 compliant","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 3200 lifting hook with safety device is a mechanical hook for slings with a maximum capacity of 3,200 kg and an integrated safety locking device. Dimensions A 234 mm × B 96.8 mm × C 48 mm, hole Ø D 21.8 mm, weight approx. 0.7 kg. Made of high-strength forged steel. It connects to chains, wire ropes, or straps to sling loads during lifting operations. Suitable for mechanical workshops, carpentry shops, warehouses, loading\/unloading sites, applications with jib cranes, hoists, winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,200 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated (automatic locking)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (total height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 234 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 96.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook opening):\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHole Ø D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.7 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ID 3200 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 3200 is a mechanical lifting hook made of forged steel designed for capacities up to 3,200 kg. Key design feature: the integrated safety device (spring-loaded locking latch) prevents accidental unhooking of the sling during lifting. For operator safety in lifting operations, the safety device is legally mandatory (European standard EN 1677 for lifting hooks). The 3,200 kg capacity is designed for lifting medium-heavy loads: medium machinery, engine blocks, industrial equipment. The Ø 21.8 mm hole allows connection to chains, wire ropes, textile straps, or standard lifting slings. The hook opening C 48 mm defines the size of the compatible sling eye. In Krollit's customers' workshops, the ID 3200 hook is chosen by mechanical workshops, metal carpentry shops, construction sites, logistics warehouses, and all contexts where lifting operations require certified hooks according to European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID lifting hook range is organized into 6 models by capacity: ID 250 (250 kg), ID 500 (500 kg), ID 1000 (1,000 kg), ID 2000 (2,000 kg), ID 3200 (3,200 kg), ID 6400 (6,400 kg). All models are made of high-strength forged steel with an integrated safety device (automatic spring-loaded locking latch) compliant with European standard EN 1677.\n\nThe ID 3200 model is in the medium-heavy range: Ø 21.8 mm hole shared with ID 2000. The difference is the certified capacity (3,200 vs 2,000 kg) and slightly larger B dimensions (96.8 vs 89.9 mm). For lifts over 3,200 kg, upgrade to the ID 6400 (top of the range).\n\nDifference with the Bernardo CW series: ID hooks are pure lifting hooks (without weight measurement); CW hooks are electronic dynamometers with integrated weighing systems. For lifting-only applications, ID hooks are economical and robust; for applications where load weighing is also required, choose CW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 0.7 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. EN 1677 conformity documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) included in the package. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the ID 3200 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist with occasional lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor occasional lifting of engines, equipment, materials in a home workshop. Integrated safety device, EN 1677 certification.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with regular lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting engines, mechanical components, equipment in the workshop. High-strength forged steel, safety device for daily operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry \/ construction site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting metal structures, building materials, construction site equipment. EN 1677 compliance is mandatory for professional use on construction sites.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 3,200 kg (risk of hook breakage and serious injury); applications with dynamic or impulsive loads exceeding the certified static capacity (observe the safety coefficients declared by the manufacturer); applications requiring load weighing (the CW dynamometer series is the correct choice); corrosive environments without adequate protection (forged steel is galvanized but not resistant to aggressive solvents or marine atmospheres); use without the safety device closed (the locking latch MUST always be intact: if damaged, replace the hook immediately).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLifting Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertified maximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spring-loaded locking latch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-strength forged steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGeometric Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA (total height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e234 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC (hook opening)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ D (hole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e207 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 0.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEN 1677 (Hooks for lifting slings)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo ID 3200 lifting hook with safety device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEN 1677 conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity marking on the hook body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual and periodic inspection guidelines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'integrated safety device' mean on a lifting hook?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a spring-loaded locking latch that automatically closes the hook opening once the sling is inserted: it prevents accidental unhooking of the sling during lifting. It is legally mandatory for lifting operations according to European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a safety device, during a lift, the sling could accidentally unhook due to oscillations, impacts, or rotation of the load, with the risk of the load falling and serious injury. The safety device is a crucial component of the hook: if the locking latch is damaged or does not close correctly, the hook MUST NOT be used and must be replaced immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3,200 kg capacity really safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. with a standard safety factor. The 3,200 kg capacity is the certified working load limit (WLL): the hook is designed to withstand approximately 4 times this load before static failure. The minimum safety factor is 4:1 according to EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: the WLL refers to static vertical loads. For dynamic loads (fast lifts, impacts, oscillations), the effective capacity is reduced. For angular slings (2- or 4-leg chains that form an angle with the vertical), the effective capacity of each hook is significantly reduced: at a 60° opening, the effective capacity is 50% of the nominal. Consult EN 818-2 tables for correct sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the hook be inspected?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor daily professional use: visual inspection before each use, thorough inspection every 6-12 months by qualified personnel. For occasional use: annual thorough inspection. Italian regulations require recording periodic inspections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat to check during inspections: deformations of the hook body (elongation of the opening), integrity of the safety device (latch closes correctly), absence of cracks or excessive wear, legibility of the capacity marking. If even one of these conditions is not met, the hook must be replaced. EN 1677-1 provides detailed evaluation criteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the hook with chains or only with textile straps?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith both. The Ø 21.8 mm hole allows connection to lifting chains (check compatible chain link diameter), wire ropes (with thimble), textile straps with eyelets, lifting slings. Compatibility depends on the dimensions of the sling eyelet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lifting chains, the chain's capacity MUST be equal to or greater than the hook's capacity: using a chain with a lower capacity than the hook carries the risk of chain breakage. Textile slings (straps, slings) typically have higher safety factors than chains (5:1 or 7:1). For heavy continuous industrial applications, chains are preferable for superior durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the safety locking latch be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is a replaceable component. In case of damage to the latch or the return spring, original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock. Replacement is a simple operation (5-10 minutes) that does not require specialized skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safety device is a consumable component subject to wear: in daily operations, the spring may lose tension, the latch may deform due to accidental impacts. For intensive use, it is recommended to keep a stock of spare parts. Daily visual inspection is required to ensure the locking latch functions correctly before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694523781448,"sku":"07-1319","price":902.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-ID-3200-extra-big-8820.jpg?v=1750076433"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-id-500","title":"Bernardo lifting hook ID 500 with safety latch – 500 kg capacity, forged steel, Ø 14 mm hole, EN 1677 compliant","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 500 lifting hook with safety device is a mechanical sling hook with a maximum capacity of 500 kg and an integrated safety locking device. Dimensions A 220 mm × B 89.9 mm × C 41.9 mm, hole Ø D 14 mm, weight approx. 0.5 kg. Made of high-strength forged steel. It connects to chains, wire ropes, or slings for lifting loads during lifting operations. Suitable for mechanical workshops, carpentry shops, warehouses, loading\/unloading sites, applications with jib cranes, hoists, winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated (automatic closing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (total height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 89.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook opening):\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHole Ø D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ID 500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 500 is a mechanical lifting hook made of forged steel designed for loads up to 500 kg. Key design feature: the integrated safety device (spring-loaded closing latch) prevents accidental release of the sling during lifting. For operator safety in lifting operations, the safety device is legally mandatory (European standard EN 1677 on lifting hooks). 500 kg capacity designed for lifting light loads: packages, semi-finished products, small equipment. The Ø 14 mm hole allows connection to chains, wire ropes, textile slings or standard lifting slings. The hook opening C 41.9 mm defines the dimensions of the compatible sling eye. In Krollit customer workshops, the ID 500 hook is chosen by mechanical workshops, metalworking shops, construction sites, logistics warehouses, and all contexts where lifting operations require EN 1677 certified hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID lifting hook range is organized into 6 models by capacity: ID 250 (250 kg), ID 500 (500 kg), ID 1000 (1,000 kg), ID 2000 (2,000 kg), ID 3200 (3,200 kg), ID 6400 (6,400 kg). All models are made of high-strength forged steel with an integrated safety device (automatic spring-loaded closing latch) compliant with European standard EN 1677. \n\nID 250 and ID 500 models share dimensions A 220 × B 89.9 × C 41.9 mm with a Ø 14 mm hole: physically the same hook, different capacity certification. The ID 500 model is designed for light applications. For higher capacities (1,000-2,000 kg), move up to the ID 1000\/2000 family with a larger Ø hole (14-21.8 mm). \n\nDifference with the Bernardo CW series: ID hooks are pure lifting hooks (without weight measurement); CW hooks are electronic hook dynamometers (with integrated weighing system). For lifting-only applications, ID hooks are economical and robust; for applications where load weighing is also required, choose CW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 0.5 kg, it is shipped in individual protective packaging and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. EN 1677 conformity documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) included in the packaging. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the ID 500 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist with occasional lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor occasional lifting of engines, equipment, materials in a home workshop. Integrated safety device, EN 1677 certification.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with regular lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting engines, mechanical components, equipment in the workshop. High-strength forged steel, safety device for daily operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry \/ construction site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting metal structures, building materials, construction site equipment. EN 1677 compliance is mandatory for professional use on construction sites.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 500 kg (risk of hook breakage and serious injury); applications with dynamic or impulsive loads exceeding the certified static capacity (adhere to manufacturer's stated safety factors); applications requiring load weighing (the CW dynamometer series is the correct choice); corrosive environments without adequate protection (forged steel is galvanized but not resistant to aggressive solvents or marine atmospheres); use without the safety device closed (the closing latch MUST always be intact: if damaged, replace the hook immediately).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLifting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertified maximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spring-loaded closing latch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-strength forged steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGeometric dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA (total height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC (hook opening)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ D (hole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 0.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEN 1677 (Hooks for lifting slings)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo ID 500 lifting hook with safety device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEN 1677 conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity marking on the hook body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual and instructions for periodic inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'integrated safety device' mean on a lifting hook?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a spring-loaded closing latch that automatically closes the hook opening once the sling is inserted: it prevents accidental release of the sling during lifting. It is legally mandatory in lifting operations according to European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a safety device, during a lift, the sling could accidentally disengage due to oscillations, impacts, or load rotations, with the risk of the load falling and serious injury. The safety device is a crucial component of the hook: if the closing latch is damaged or does not close properly, the hook MUST NOT be used and must be replaced immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 500 kg capacity really safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. with a standard safety factor. The 500 kg capacity is the certified working load limit (WLL): the hook is designed to withstand approximately 4 times this load before static failure. The minimum safety factor is 4:1 according to EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: the WLL refers to static vertical loads. For dynamic loads (fast lifts, impacts, oscillations), the effective capacity is reduced. For angled slings (2 or 4-leg chains that form an angle with the vertical), the effective capacity of each hook is significantly reduced: at a 60° opening, the effective capacity is 50% of the nominal. Consult EN 818-2 tables for correct sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the hook be inspected?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor daily professional use: visual inspection before each use, thorough inspection every 6-12 months by qualified personnel. For occasional use: annual thorough inspection. Italian regulations require registration of periodic inspections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat to check during inspections: deformations of the hook body (elongation of the opening), integrity of the safety device (latch closes correctly), absence of cracks or excessive wear, legibility of the capacity marking. If even one of these conditions is not met, the hook must be replaced. EN 1677-1 provides detailed assessment criteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the hook with chains or only with textile slings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith both. The Ø 14 mm hole allows connection to lifting chains (check compatible link diameter), wire ropes (with thimbles), textile slings with eyes, lifting slings. Compatibility depends on the dimensions of the sling eye.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lifting chains, the chain's capacity MUST be equal to or greater than the hook's capacity: using a chain with a lower capacity than the hook carries the risk of chain breakage. Textile slings (straps, slings) typically have higher safety factors than chains (5:1 or 7:1). For continuous heavy industrial applications, chains are preferable for their superior durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the safety closing latch be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is a replaceable component. In case of damage to the latch or the return spring, original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock. Replacement is a simple operation (5-10 minutes) that does not require specialized skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safety device is a consumable component subject to wear: in daily operations, the spring may lose tension, the latch may deform due to accidental impacts. For intensive use, it is recommended to keep a stock of spare parts. Daily visual inspection to ensure the closing latch functions correctly before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694524567880,"sku":"07-1316","price":756.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-ID-500-extra-big-8811.jpg?v=1750076455"},{"product_id":"ganci-pesatori-id-6400","title":"Lifting hook Bernardo ID 6400 with safety latch – load capacity 6,400 kg, forged steel, hole Ø 27.9 mm, compliant with EN 1677","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 6400 lifting hook with safety device is a mechanical hook for slings with a maximum capacity of 6,400 kg and an integrated safety closing device. Dimensions A 274 mm × B 114.8 mm × C 48 mm, hole Ø D 27.9 mm, weight approx. 1 kg. Made of high-strength forged steel. It connects to chains, wire ropes, or straps for slinging loads during lifting operations. Suitable for mechanical workshops, carpentry, warehouses, loading\/unloading sites, applications with jib cranes, hoists, winches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated (automatic closing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A (total height):\u003c\/strong\u003e 274 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B (width):\u003c\/strong\u003e 114.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C (hook opening):\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHole Ø D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 1 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ID 6400 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID 6400 is a forged steel mechanical lifting hook designed for capacities up to 6,400 kg. Key design feature: the integrated safety device (spring-loaded closing latch) prevents accidental release of the sling during lifting. For operator safety in lifting operations, the safety device is legally mandatory (European standard EN 1677 on lifting hooks). 6,400 kg capacity designed for heavy industrial lifting: complete machinery, containers, heavy metal structures. The Ø 27.9 mm hole allows connection to chains, wire ropes, textile slings, or standard lifting straps. The hook opening C 48 mm defines the dimensions of the compatible sling eyelet. In Krollit customers' workshops, the ID 6400 hook is chosen by mechanical workshops, metal carpentry shops, construction sites, logistics warehouses, and all contexts where lifting operations require certified hooks according to European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ID range of lifting hooks is organized into 6 models by capacity: ID 250 (250 kg), ID 500 (500 kg), ID 1000 (1,000 kg), ID 2000 (2,000 kg), ID 3200 (3,200 kg), ID 6400 (6,400 kg). All models are made of high-strength forged steel with an integrated safety device (automatic spring-loaded closing latch) conforming to European standard EN 1677.\n\nID 6400 is the top of the range with a capacity of 6,400 kg. Hole Ø 27.9 mm (vs 21.8 of the 2000-3200 range), dimensions A 274 × B 114.8 × C 48 mm. For continuous heavy industrial applications or even higher capacities, consider special lifting hooks or multi-hook systems.\n\nDifference with the Bernardo CW series: ID hooks are pure lifting hooks (without weight measurement); CW hooks are electronic dynamometers with a hook (with integrated weighing system). For lifting-only applications, ID hooks are economical and robust; for applications where weighing the suspended load is also required, choose CW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weighing approximately 1 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and easily handled by one person. Chains, ropes, slings, complementary accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. EN 1677 conformity documentation (for ID hooks) or instrument calibration documentation (for CW dynamometers) included in the package. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the ID 6400 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist with occasional lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor occasional lifting of engines, equipment, materials in a home workshop. Integrated safety device, EN 1677 certification.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with regular lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting engines, mechanical components, equipment in the workshop. High-strength forged steel, safety device for daily operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry \/ construction site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor lifting metal structures, building materials, construction site equipment. EN 1677 conformity mandatory for professional use on site.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with loads exceeding 6,400 kg (risk of hook breakage and serious injury); applications with dynamic or impulsive loads exceeding the certified static capacity (respect the safety factors declared by the manufacturer); applications requiring load weighing (the CW dynamometer series is the correct choice); corrosive environments without adequate protection (forged steel is galvanized but not resistant to aggressive solvents or marine atmospheres); use without the safety device closed (the closing latch MUST always be intact: if damaged, replace the hook immediately).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLifting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertified maximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spring-loaded closing latch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-strength forged steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGeometric dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA (total height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e274 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB (width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC (hook opening)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ D (hole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e216.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54.1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEN 1677 (Hooks for lifting slings)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo ID 6400 lifting hook with safety device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEN 1677 conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity marking on the hook body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual and instructions for periodic inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'integrated safety device' mean on a lifting hook?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a spring-loaded closing latch that automatically closes the hook opening once the sling is inserted: it prevents accidental release of the sling during lifting. It is legally mandatory in lifting operations according to European standard EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a safety device, during a lift, the sling could accidentally disengage due to oscillations, impacts, or rotation of the load, with the risk of the load falling and serious injury. The safety device is a crucial component of the hook: if the closing latch is damaged or does not close correctly, the hook MUST NOT be used and must be replaced immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 6,400 kg capacity really safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a standard safety factor. The 6,400 kg capacity is the certified Working Load Limit (WLL): the hook is designed to withstand approximately 4 times this load before static failure. The minimum safety factor is 4:1 according to EN 1677.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: the WLL refers to static vertical loads. For dynamic loads (fast lifts, impacts, oscillations), the effective capacity is reduced. For angular slings (2 or 4-leg chains forming an angle with the vertical), the effective capacity of each hook is significantly reduced: at a 60° opening, the effective capacity is 50% of the nominal. Consult EN 818-2 tables for correct sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the hook be inspected?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor daily professional use: visual inspection before each use, thorough inspection every 6-12 months by qualified personnel. For occasional use: annual thorough inspection. Italian legislation requires recording of periodic inspections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat to check during inspections: deformation of the hook body (elongation of the opening), integrity of the safety device (latch closes correctly), absence of cracks or excessive wear, legibility of the capacity marking. If even one of these conditions is not met, the hook must be replaced. EN 1677-1 provides detailed evaluation criteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the hook with chains or only with textile slings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith both. The Ø 27.9 mm hole allows connection to lifting chains (check compatible link diameter), wire ropes (with thimble), textile slings with eyelets, lifting straps. Compatibility depends on the dimensions of the sling eyelet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lifting chains, the chain's capacity MUST be equal to or greater than the hook's capacity: using a chain with a lower capacity than the hook entails the risk of chain breakage. Textile slings (straps, slings) typically have higher safety factors than chains (5:1 or 7:1). For continuous heavy industrial applications, chains are preferable for longer durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the safety closing latch be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is a replaceable component. In case of damage to the latch or the return spring, the original Bernardo spare part is available from stock. Replacement is a simple operation (5-10 minutes) that does not require specialized skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safety device is a consumable component subject to wear: in daily operations, the spring may lose tension, the latch may deform due to accidental impacts. For intensive use, it is recommended to keep a stock of spare parts in the warehouse. Daily visual inspection to ensure the closing latch functions correctly before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694527517000,"sku":"07-1320","price":1073.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Ganci-pesatori-ID-6400-extra-big-8823.jpg?v=1750076474"},{"product_id":"prolunghe-forche-carrello-elevatore-1525-100","title":"Forklift fork extensions 1525 \/ 100","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo fork extensions — 1525 mm length, for 100 mm wide forks. Internal width 115 mm, weight approx. 44 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtension length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1525 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible fork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum forklift fork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1006 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 44 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat they are for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo 1525 mm fork extensions slide onto the forklift truck's forks, increasing the support surface for handling long loads — beams, panels, pipes, coils — that would protrude from standard forks. They do not increase the forklift's capacity: the load limit remains the forklift's nominal capacity, reduced by the weight of the extensions themselves and taking into account the forward shift of the center of gravity. Always use the locking device\/safety chain to prevent them from slipping during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1525 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum forklift fork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1006 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 44 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMandatory use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking device\/safety chain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not exceed the nominal capacity of the truck reduced due to center of gravity shift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are fork extensions for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtensions increase the useful length of forklift forks, allowing the handling of long loads — beams, panels, pipes, coils — that would protrude from standard forks. They slide onto existing forks like a sleeve. They do not increase the forklift's capacity: the load limit remains that of the forklift, reduced by the weight of the extensions themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I check compatibility with the forklift forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo extensions are identified by two dimensions: total length (1525 or 1830 mm) and minimum width of the host fork (100, 125 or 150 mm). The forklift fork must have a width and cross-sectional height compatible with the internal opening of the extension. Check the measurements of your forklift forks before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a load limit with extensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Extensions do not increase the forklift's capacity — they reduce it, because the load's center of gravity shifts forward. The reduction depends on the length of the extension and the distance of the center of gravity. Always consult the forklift's load chart and reduce the load according to the forklift manufacturer's instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific fastening required to mount them on the forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extensions slide onto the forklift forks by direct insertion. They must be secured with a chain or safety cable to prevent them from slipping during operation — this safety device is mandatory by standard. Do not use extensions without safety fastening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695104004424,"sku":"07-1560","price":295.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trasporto.jpg?v=1750079854"},{"product_id":"prolunghe-forche-carrello-elevatore-1830-125","title":"Forklift fork extensions 1830 \/ 125","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo fork extensions — 1830 mm length, for 125 mm wide forks. Internal width 130 mm, weight approx. 59 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtension length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1830 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible fork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum forklift fork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1207 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 59 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat they are used for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo 1830 mm fork extensions slide onto the forklift forks, expanding the support surface for handling long loads — beams, panels, pipes, coils — that would extend beyond standard forks. They do not increase the forklift's capacity: the load limit remains the forklift's nominal capacity, reduced by the weight of the extensions themselves and taking into account the forward shift of the center of gravity. Always use the locking device\/safety chain to prevent them from slipping during maneuvers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum forklift fork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1207 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 59 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMandatory use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking device\/safety chain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not exceed the nominal forklift capacity reduced for center of gravity shift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are fork extensions used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtensions increase the effective length of forklift forks, allowing the handling of long loads — beams, panels, pipes, coils — that would extend beyond the standard fork. They slide onto existing forks like a sleeve. They do not increase the forklift's capacity: the load limit remains that of the forklift, reduced by the weight of the extensions themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is compatibility with forklift forks verified?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo extensions are identified by two dimensions: total length (1525 or 1830 mm) and minimum width of the host fork (100, 125 or 150 mm). The forklift fork must have a width and cross-sectional height compatible with the internal opening of the extension. Check the measurements of your forklift forks before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a capacity limit with extensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Extensions do not increase the forklift's capacity — they reduce it, because the load's center of gravity shifts forward. The reduction depends on the extension's length and the distance of the center of gravity. Always consult the forklift's load chart and reduce the load according to the forklift manufacturer's instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific fastening required to mount them on the forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extensions slide onto the forklift forks by direct insertion. They must be secured with a chain or safety cable to prevent them from slipping during maneuvers — this safety device is mandatory by law. Do not use extensions without a safety fastening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695108788552,"sku":"07-1561","price":350.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trasporto_345c786a-9c91-4ff1-9411-452487fb1f1b.jpg?v=1750079876"},{"product_id":"prolunghe-forche-carrello-elevatore-1830-150","title":"Forklift fork extensions 1830 \/ 150","description":"\u003cp\u003eForklift Fork Extensions — 1830 mm length, for 150 mm wide forks. They increase the support surface of forklift forks, allowing for safe handling of long or bulky loads. Made of durable steel, they can be installed quickly without structural modifications to the forklift. Distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1830 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Fork Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 165 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Forklift Fork Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1207 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-strength steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 70 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick, without complex tools and without structural modifications to the forklift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are they used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1830 mm fork extensions increase the support surface of the forklift forks, allowing for safe handling of long or bulky loads that would protrude from standard forks. Made of high-strength steel, they are quickly installed on existing forks without structural modifications, ensuring stability and control during lifting operations. Compatible with standard 150 mm wide forks. Always use the locking device\/safety chain to prevent them from slipping during maneuvering — mandatory by standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible fork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum forklift fork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1207 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-strength steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 70 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMandatory use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking device\/safety chain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not exceed the forklift's rated capacity reduced due to center of gravity shift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are fork extensions used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtensions increase the useful length of forklift forks, allowing the handling of long loads — beams, panels, pipes, coils — that would protrude from the standard fork. They slide onto existing forks like a sleeve. They do not increase the forklift's capacity: the load limit remains that of the forklift, reduced by the weight of the extensions themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I check compatibility with forklift forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo extensions are identified by two dimensions: overall length (1525 or 1830 mm) and minimum width of the host fork (100, 125, or 150 mm). The forklift fork must have a cross-sectional width and height compatible with the internal opening of the extension. Check the measurements of your forklift's forks before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a capacity limit with the extensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Extensions do not increase the forklift's capacity — they reduce it because the load's center of gravity shifts forward. The reduction depends on the length of the extension and the distance of the center of gravity. Always consult the forklift's load chart and reduce the load according to the forklift manufacturer's instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific fastening required to mount them on the forks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extensions slide onto the forklift forks by direct insertion. They must be secured with a chain or safety cable to prevent them from slipping during maneuvering — this safety device is mandatory by standard. Do not use extensions without safety fastening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695112032584,"sku":"07-1562","price":387.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trasporto_c1075cbd-309b-42a4-bc4c-cdaea6f27c91.jpg?v=1750079897"},{"product_id":"rulli-di-trasporto-ct-12","title":"CT 12 transport rollers","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo CT 12 transport rollers allow machinery and heavy loads up to 12,000 kg to be moved on flat industrial floors without lifting equipment. Length 500 mm, width 222 mm, height 100 mm, weight approx. 28 kg. Made in Austria, in the Krollit catalog since 2007 as an official Bernardo distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad capacity per roller:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 222 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 28 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are they used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCT 12 transport rollers are placed under the base of heavy machinery — lathes, milling machines, presses, compressors — to move them sideways on a flat floor without a crane or forklift. With 4 rollers positioned two in front and two in back, the machine is pushed in the desired direction; the rollers that come out from the back are continuously moved to the front. The nominal capacity of 12,000 kg per roller ensures a wide safety margin for most standard industrial machinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity per roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e222 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 28 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre CT 12 transport rollers suitable for any type of load?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCT 12 rollers with a load capacity of 12,000 kg are designed for moving heavy machinery on flat industrial floors. Not suitable for uneven surfaces, ramps, or loads with unstable geometry (loads tall relative to the base). Always check that the floor can support the concentrated load in the roller contact areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow are transport rollers used to move a heavy machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt least 3–4 rollers are placed under the base of the machine (2 in front and 2 in back). The number depends on the weight and size of the base. The machine is pushed in the desired direction; the rollers are progressively repositioned by taking those that come out from the back and putting them in front. To change direction, the rollers are rotated 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the effective capacity of a complete set of rollers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity of 12,000 kg refers to a single roller (load capacity per unit). With 4 rollers, the total capacity is 48,000 kg — well above most industrial machinery. In practice, 3–4 rollers are used to evenly distribute the load and ensure stability during movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695132545352,"sku":"07-1173","price":353.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Rulli-di-trasporto-CT-12-extra-big-8746.jpg?v=1750080057"},{"product_id":"sistema-di-sollevamento-a-forca-gh-1200","title":"GH 1200 Forklift System","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GH 1200 manual fork lift system lifts loads up to 400 kg with a maximum height of 1200 mm, adjustable forks 210–550 mm, machine weight approx. 70 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport width (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 – 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet fork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 – 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowered fork height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 640 × 1,020 × 1,430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 70 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GH 1200 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GH 1200 is a manual pallet truck with adjustable forks for lifting and transporting heavy loads up to 400 kg in workshops, warehouses, and laboratories. With a maximum lifting height of 1200 mm and manual hydraulic operation, it is sized for lifting sheet metal coils, material pallets, and light machinery. The width-adjustable forks (210–550 mm) adapt to standard and non-standard pallets. In Krollit customer laboratories, it is used by metalworking workshops and processing centers for internal handling of heavy materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowered fork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 – 550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet fork width (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 – 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront wheels (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 × 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 × 1,020 × 1,430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 70 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the GH 1200 require a special license or qualification?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual\/electric warehouse fork lifts do not require a special license for use in private company settings, but the operator must be trained on safety regulations (Italian Legislative Decree 81\/2008). For use in public or commercial environments, verify applicable local regulations. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the GH 1200 and the electric version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe E (electric) version adds a 0.8 kW motor and a 12V\/60Ah battery for automated lifting and movement — ideal for frequent use or long distances. The manual version has a lower cost and simpler maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum floor requirement for safe operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GH 1200 with a 400 kg capacity requires a flat industrial floor free of holes or unevenness exceeding 10–15 mm. On ramps, the maximum safe operating gradient is indicated in the provided manual. Do not use on wet or slippery surfaces with heavy loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the forks width-adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The forks of the GH series have an adjustable transport width from 210 to 550 mm and a net fork width from 10 to 350 mm, adapting to standard pallets of various sizes. Adjustment is manual and does not require tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695867892040,"sku":"07-1083","price":1220.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sistema-di-trasporto.jpg?v=1750083797"},{"product_id":"sistema-di-sollevamento-a-forca-gh-1500","title":"GH 1500 Forklift System","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GH 1500 manual fork lift system lifts loads up to 400 kg with a maximum height of 1500 mm, adjustable forks 210–550 mm, machine weight approx. 85 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport width (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 – 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear fork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 – 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowered fork height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 640 × 1,020 × 1,710 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 85 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GH 1500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GH 1500 is a manual pallet truck with adjustable forks for lifting and transporting heavy loads up to 400 kg in workshops, warehouses, and laboratories. With a maximum lifting height of 1500 mm and manual hydraulic operation, it is sized to lift sheet metal coils, material pallets, and light machinery. The width-adjustable forks (210–550 mm) adapt to standard and non-standard pallets. In Krollit's customers' laboratories, it is used by metalworking shops and processing centers for internal handling of heavy materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowered fork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 – 550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear fork width (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 – 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront wheels (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 × 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 × 1,020 × 1,710 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 85 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the GH 1500 require a specific license or qualification?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual\/electric warehouse fork lifts do not require a special license for use in a private business setting, but the operator must be trained on safety regulations (Legislative Decree 81\/2008). For use in public or commercial environments, check applicable local regulations. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the GH 1500 and the electric version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe E (electric) version adds a 0.8 kW motor and a 12V\/60Ah battery for automated lifting and movement — ideal for frequent use or long distances. The manual version has a lower cost and simpler maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum floor requirement for safe operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GH 1500 with a 400 kg capacity requires a flat industrial floor free of holes or unevenness exceeding 10–15 mm. On ramps, the maximum safe operating incline is indicated in the supplied manual. Do not use on wet or slippery surfaces with heavy loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the forks width-adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The GH series forks have an adjustable transport width from 210 to 550 mm and a clear fork width from 10 to 350 mm, adapting to standard pallets of various sizes. Adjustment is done manually without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695870382408,"sku":"07-1084","price":1317.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Transpallet-2-1.jpg?v=1750083817"},{"product_id":"sistema-di-sollevamento-a-forca-gh-850","title":"GH 850 forklift system","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GH 850 manual fork lift system lifts loads up to 400 kg with a maximum height of 850 mm, adjustable forks 210–550 mm, machine weight approx. 63 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 850 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport width (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 – 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet fork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 – 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForks lowered height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 640 × 1,020 × 1,070 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 63 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GH 850 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GH 850 is a manual pallet truck with adjustable forks for lifting and transporting heavy loads up to 400 kg in the workshop, warehouse and laboratory. With a maximum lifting height of 850 mm and manual hydraulic operation, it is sized for lifting sheet metal coils, material pallets and light machinery. The width-adjustable forks (210–550 mm) adapt to standard and non-standard pallets. In Krollit customers' laboratories, it is used by metalworking workshops and processing centers for internal handling of heavy materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForks lowered height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 – 550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet fork width (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 – 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront wheels (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 × 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 × 1,020 × 1,070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 63 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the GH 850 require a specific license or qualification?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual\/electric warehouse fork lifts do not require a special license for use in private company settings, but the operator must be trained on safety regulations (Legislative Decree 81\/2008). For use in public or commercial environments, check applicable local regulations. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the GH 850 and the electric version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe E (electric) version adds a 0.8 kW motor and a 12V\/60Ah battery for automated lifting and movement — ideal for frequent use or long distances. The manual version has a lower cost and simpler maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum floor requirement for safe operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GH 850 with a 400 kg capacity requires a flat industrial floor free of holes or unevenness greater than 10–15 mm. On ramps, the maximum safe operating gradient is indicated in the supplied manual. Do not use on wet or slippery surfaces with heavy loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the forks width-adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The forks of the GH series have an adjustable transport width from 210 to 550 mm and a net fork width from 10 to 350 mm, adapting to different standard pallet sizes. Adjustment is manual and requires no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695873364296,"sku":"07-1082","price":1195.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sistema-di-sollevamento-a-forca-GH-850-extra-big-8473.jpg?v=1750083839"},{"product_id":"sistema-di-sollevamento-a-forca-piattaforma-per-serie-gh","title":"Forklift System - Platform for GH Series","description":"\u003cp\u003eLoading platform for Bernardo GH series fork lift systems — expands the support surface for non-standard pallet loads or bulk materials. Original Bernardo accessory for GH series lifting systems. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accessory for GH series lifting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo GH Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoading platform for Bernardo GH series fork lift systems — expands the support surface for non-standard pallet loads or bulk materials. The accessory mounts on the GH lifting system in minutes via a standardized attachment, expanding the operational capabilities of the base machine. Assembly documentation is included in the package in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo GH Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with all GH series models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GH Platform is specifically designed for Bernardo GH series models. Verify compatibility with your specific model by contacting Krollit before purchase. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is it mounted on the equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGH series accessories mount on the lifting mast via a standardized quick-release attachment — no special tools and in just a few minutes. Assembly instructions are included in the package in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695876542792,"sku":"07-1085","price":219.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sistema-di-sollevamento-a-forca-Piattaforma-per-serie-GH-extra-big-20961-743.jpg?v=1750083859"},{"product_id":"sistema-di-sollevamento-ergonomico-blocco-di-stoccaggio-per-la-serie-ehl","title":"Ergonomic Lifting System - Storage Block for the EHL Series","description":"\u003cp\u003eStorage block for Bernardo EHL series ergonomic lifting systems — allows safe locking and storage of the load in a raised position. Original Bernardo accessory for EHL series lifting systems. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accessory for EHL series lifting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo EHL Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePurpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage block for Bernardo EHL series ergonomic lifting systems — allows safe locking and storage of the load in a raised position. The accessory can be mounted on the EHL lifting system in a few minutes using a standardized attachment, expanding the operational capabilities of the base machine. Assembly documentation is included in the package in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo EHL Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with all EHL series models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EHL Storage Block is designed specifically for Bernardo EHL series models. Verify compatibility with your specific model by contacting Krollit before purchase. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is it mounted on the equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEHL series accessories are mounted on the lifting shaft via a standardized quick-release attachment — no special tools required and in just a few minutes. Assembly instructions are included in the package in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695878934856,"sku":"07-1094","price":208.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sistema-di-sollevamento-ergonomico-Blocco-di-stoccaggio-per-la-s-extra-big-20963.jpg?v=1750083878"},{"product_id":"sistema-di-sollevamento-ergonomico-girarotoli-per-serie-ehl","title":"Ergonomic Lifting System - Roll Turner for EHL Series","description":"\u003cp\u003eReel rotator accessory for Bernardo EHL series ergonomic lifting systems — for lifting, transporting, and rotating heavy coils, rolls, and cylinders. Original Bernardo accessory for EHL series lifting systems. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accessory for EHL series lifting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo EHL Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePurpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReel rotator accessory for Bernardo EHL series ergonomic lifting systems — for lifting, transporting, and rotating heavy coils, rolls, and cylinders. The accessory is mounted on the EHL lifting system in minutes via a standardized attachment, expanding the operational capabilities of the base machine. Assembly documentation is included in the package in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo EHL Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with all EHL series models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EHL Reel Rotator is specifically designed for Bernardo EHL series models. Please verify compatibility with your specific model by contacting Krollit before purchase. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is it mounted on the equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEHL series accessories are mounted on the lifting shaft via a standardized quick attachment — without special tools and in just a few minutes. Assembly instructions are included in the package in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695881982280,"sku":"07-1093","price":105.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sistema-di-sollevamento-ergonomico-Girarotoli-per-serie-EHL-extra-big-20962-012.jpg?v=1750083899"},{"product_id":"sistema-di-sollevamento-ergonomico-mandrino-a-rulli-per-serie-ehl","title":"Ergonomic Lifting System - Roller Chuck for EHL Series","description":"\u003cp\u003eRoller mandrel for Bernardo EHL series ergonomic lifting systems — for lifting and transporting reels and rolls with low-friction roller support. Original Bernardo accessory for EHL series lifting systems. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accessory for EHL series lifting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo EHL series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoller mandrel for Bernardo EHL series ergonomic lifting systems — for lifting and transporting reels and rolls with low-friction roller support. The accessory mounts onto the EHL lifting system in just a few minutes via a standardized attachment, expanding the operational capabilities of the base machine. Mounting documentation is included in the package in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo EHL series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with all EHL series models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EHL Roller Mandrel is specifically designed for Bernardo EHL series models. Verify compatibility with your specific model by contacting Krollit before purchase. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does it mount to the equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEHL series accessories mount to the lifting shaft via a standardized quick-release attachment — without special tools and in just a few minutes. Mounting instructions are included in the package in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695885357384,"sku":"07-1092","price":80.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sistema-di-sollevamento-ergonomico-Mandrino-a-rulli-per-serie-EH-extra-big-20964-032.jpg?v=1750083922"},{"product_id":"sistema-di-sollevamento-ergonomico-ehl-150-ergo","title":"Ergonomic lifting system EHL 150 ERGO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHL 150 ERGO ergonomic lifting system is an electric wheeled lifter with a 24V\/12Ah battery for lifting loads up to 150 kg from 130 to 1,500 mm in height, platform 600 × 475 mm, weight approx. 60 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting height (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 – 1,500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 475 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24V \/ 12Ah\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront wheels (Ø × L):\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 × 32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear wheels (Ø × L):\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 × 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,080 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 800 × 1,790 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 60 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EHL 150 ERGO and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHL 150 ERGO is an ergonomic electric lifter for mechanical workshops, warehouses, and processing laboratories: it lifts loads up to 150 kg from the ground to a height of 1,500 mm without physical effort for the operator, thanks to the integrated 24V\/12Ah battery. With the standard 600 × 475 mm platform, it transports reels, rolls, boxes, and heavy materials. The interchangeable accessory system (reel rotator, roller spindle, storage block — available separately) transforms the EHL 150 ERGO into a tool specific to the type of load. In Krollit's customers' laboratories, it is used to eliminate the risks of injuries from manual lifting and improve daily work ergonomics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 – 1,500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatform (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 475 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter of gravity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront wheels (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 × 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear wheels (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 × 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo. of front \/ rear wheels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 \/ 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront track width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear track width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMast height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,790 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery voltage \/ capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V \/ 12Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 800 × 1,790 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an EHL ergonomic lifting system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EHL (Ergonomic Handling Lift) system is an electric wheeled lifter for lifting and transporting heavy loads in workshops and warehouses without physical effort for the operator. With an integrated 24V\/12Ah battery, it lifts the load from the ground position to the desired working height continuously and controllably, eliminating the risks of injuries from manual lifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of accessories are compatible with the EHL series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EHL series is compatible with a range of Bernardo accessories: standard platform, reel rotator (for bobbins and rolls), roller spindle, storage block. Accessories are mounted on the lifting mast in a few minutes, transforming the EHL into a tool specific to the type of load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the 24V\/12Ah battery last on a single charge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder standard operating conditions (intermittent lifting and moving), the 24V\/12Ah battery ensures a full working shift (6–8 hours). For intensive continuous use, a spare battery is recommended. Typical charging time: 6–8 hours with standard charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the platform included as standard or is it a separate accessory?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe basic platform (600 × 475 mm) is included in the standard equipment of the EHL 150 ERGO. Specialized accessories (reel rotator, roller spindle, storage block) are optional and available separately. Contact Krollit for the complete configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and batteries available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695888077128,"sku":"07-1091","price":3050.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sistema-di-sollevamento.jpg?v=1750083943"},{"product_id":"sistema-di-sollevamento-ergonomico-gh-1200-e","title":"Ergonomic lifting system GH 1200 E","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GH 1200 E ergonomic electric lifting system lifts loads up to 400 kg with a maximum height of 1480 mm, adjustable forks 210–550 mm, machine weight approx. 108 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1480 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport width (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 – 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear fork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 – 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowered fork height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor \/ Battery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 kW \/ 12V 60Ah\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 640 × 1,200 × 1,730 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 108 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GH 1200 E and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GH 1200 E is an electric pallet truck with adjustable forks for lifting and transporting heavy loads up to 400 kg in workshops, warehouses and laboratories. With a maximum lifting height of 1480 mm and an electric motor of 0.8 kW with an integrated 12V\/60Ah battery, it is sized to lift sheet metal coils, material pallets and light machinery. The width-adjustable forks (210–550 mm) adapt to standard and non-standard pallets. In Krollit customers' laboratories, it is used by metal workshops and processing centers for internal handling of heavy materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowered fork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 – 550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear fork width (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 – 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront wheels (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 × 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V \/ 60Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 × 1,200 × 1,730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 108 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the GH 1200 E require a specific license or qualification?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual\/electric warehouse forklifts do not require a special license for use in private company settings, but the operator must be trained on safety regulations (Italian Legislative Decree 81\/2008). For use in public or commercial environments, check applicable local regulations. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between GH 1200 E and the manual version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe E (electric) version has a 0.8 kW motor and a 12V\/60Ah battery that drives lifting and movement — ideal for frequent use or long distances. The manual version requires operator strength for transport and hydraulic pumping for lifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum floor required for safe operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GH 1200 E with a capacity of 400 kg requires a flat industrial floor free of holes or unevenness exceeding 10–15 mm. On ramps, the maximum safe operating slope is indicated in the supplied manual. Do not use on wet or slippery surfaces with heavy loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the forks width-adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The forks of the GH series have an adjustable transport width from 210 to 550 mm and a clear fork width from 10 to 350 mm, adapting to various standard pallet sizes. Adjustment is done manually without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695890796872,"sku":"07-1106","price":2720.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sistema-di-sollevamento-ergonomico-GH-1200-E-extra-big-8491.jpg?v=1750083964"},{"product_id":"sistema-di-sollevamento-ergonomico-gh-1500-e","title":"Ergonomic lifting system GH 1500 E","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GH 1500 E electric ergonomic lifting system lifts loads up to 400 kg with a maximum height of 1480 mm, adjustable forks 210–550 mm, machine weight approx. 108 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1480 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport width (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 – 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet fork width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 – 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowered fork height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor \/ Battery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 kW \/ 12V 60Ah\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 640 × 1,200 × 1,730 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 108 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GH 1500 E and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GH 1500 E is an electric pallet truck with adjustable forks for lifting and transporting heavy loads up to 400 kg in workshops, warehouses, and laboratories. With a maximum lifting height of 1480 mm and an 0.8 kW electric motor with integrated 12V\/60Ah battery, it is sized for lifting sheet metal coils, material pallets, and light machinery. The width-adjustable forks (210–550 mm) adapt to standard and non-standard pallets. In Krollit's customer laboratories, it is used by metalworking shops and processing centers for the internal handling of heavy materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowered fork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport width (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 – 550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet fork width (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 – 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront wheels (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 × 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork roller (Ø × L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V \/ 60Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 × 1,200 × 1,730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 108 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the GH 1500 E require a specific license or qualification?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual\/electric warehouse forklifts do not require a special license for use in a private company setting, but the operator must be trained on safety regulations (Italian Legislative Decree 81\/2008). For use in public or commercial environments, check applicable local regulations. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between GH 1500 E and the manual version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe E (electric) version has an 0.8 kW motor and a 12V\/60Ah battery that powers lifting and movement—ideal for frequent use or over long distances. The manual version requires operator strength for transport and hydraulic pumping for lifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum floor required for safe operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GH 1500 E with a 400 kg capacity requires a flat industrial floor free of holes or height differences greater than 10–15 mm. On ramps, the maximum safe operating gradient is indicated in the supplied manual. Do not use on wet or slippery surfaces with high loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the forks width-adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The forks of the GH series have an adjustable transport width from 210 to 550 mm and a net fork width from 10 to 350 mm, adapting to pallets of various standard sizes. Adjustment is done manually without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695892861256,"sku":"07-1107","price":3330.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sistema-di-sollevamento_d3e0263b-dcc2-4557-9b16-09815a83c2dd.jpg?v=1750083985"},{"product_id":"sollevatore-idr-per-macchine-hm-100","title":"Hydraulic lift for HM 100 machines","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HM 100 hydraulic toe jack lifts loads up to 10 t (rated capacity), lifting range with toe 30–265 mm and with head 420–660 mm, manual lever 40 kg, platform 200 × 170 mm. Weight approx. 35 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting range (toe):\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–265 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting range (head):\u003c\/strong\u003e 420–660 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual lever force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform (W × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 × 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 35 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HM 100 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HM 100 is a hydraulic lever jack for lifting and leveling machine tools in the workshop: lathes, milling machines, presses, shears, and any heavy machinery that needs to be precisely positioned on the floor. With a capacity of 10 t and an adjustment range of 30–265 mm with the toe (up to 420–660 mm with the head), it allows the machine to be progressively lifted to insert leveling wedges or anti-vibration feet. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is the standard tool for installing new machine tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 t\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting range with toe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting range with head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420–660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual lever force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatform (W × D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 35 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with shipping in 3–5 working days. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the HM 100 suitable for lifting heavy machine tools?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo HM series hydraulic jacks are specifically designed for lifting and positioning machine tools in the workshop: lathes, milling machines, presses, and other heavy machinery. The 10 t capacity and millimeter-precise height adjustment allow the machine to be accurately leveled and positioned before being fixed to the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the hydraulic lifting mechanism work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting occurs via a hydraulic cylinder operated by a manual lever pump. Operating the lever pressurizes the oil in the cylinder, progressively raising the head. Lowering occurs via a manually controlled release valve — slow and adjustable for precise machine positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many jacks are needed to move a machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor large machines with multiple support points, typically 3–4 jacks are used, positioned under the machine's base. Each jack must be able to support the corresponding weight share — ensure that the sum of capacities covers the machine's total weight with an adequate safety margin (at least 1.5×).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and hydraulic oil available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Gaskets, valves, and original Bernardo spare parts for the HM series are available with shipping in 3–5 business days. Use ISO VG 46 hydraulic oil as indicated in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with shipping in 3–5 working days. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696246034760,"sku":"07-1281","price":512.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sollevatore-idr-per-macchine-HM-100-extra-big-8785.jpg?v=1750085617"},{"product_id":"sollevatore-idr-per-macchine-hm-250","title":"Hydraulic lift for HM 250 machines","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HM 250 hydraulic jack lifts loads up to 25 t (nominal capacity), lifting range with toe 60–280 mm and with head 508–730 mm, manual lever 40 kg, platform 400 × 215 mm. Weight approx. 102 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting range (toe):\u003c\/strong\u003e 60–280 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting range (head):\u003c\/strong\u003e 508–730 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual lever force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform (L × W):\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 × 215 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 102 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HM 250 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HM 250 is a hydraulic lever jack for lifting and leveling machine tools in the workshop: lathes, milling machines, presses, shears, and any heavy machinery that needs to be precisely positioned on the floor. With a capacity of 25 t and an adjustment range of 60–280 mm with the toe (up to 508–730 mm with the head), it allows for progressive lifting of the machine to insert leveling wedges or anti-vibration feet. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the standard tool for installing new machine tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 t\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting range with toe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting range with head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e508–730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual lever force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatform (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 102 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the HM 250 suitable for lifting heavy machine tools?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo HM series hydraulic jacks are specifically designed for lifting and positioning machine tools in the workshop: lathes, milling machines, presses and other heavy machinery. The 25 t kg capacity and millimeter-precise height adjustment allow the machine to be leveled and positioned accurately before securing it to the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the hydraulic lifting mechanism work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting occurs via a hydraulic cylinder actuated by a manual lever pump. Actuating the lever pressurizes the oil in the cylinder, progressively raising the head. Lowering occurs via a manually controlled release valve — slow and adjustable for precise machine positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many jacks are needed to move a machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor large machines with multiple support points, typically 3–4 jacks are used, placed under the machine's base. Each jack must be able to support its corresponding share of the weight — ensure that the sum of the capacities covers the total weight of the machine with an adequate safety margin (at least 1.5×).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and hydraulic oil available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Gaskets, valves, and original Bernardo spare parts for the HM series are available with 3–5 working days shipping. Use ISO VG 46 hydraulic oil as indicated in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696250097992,"sku":"07-1282","price":1281.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sollevatore-idr-per-macchine-HM-250-extra-big-8787.jpg?v=1750085638"},{"product_id":"sollevatore-idr-per-macchine-hm-50","title":"Hydraulic lift for HM 50 machines","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HM 50 hydraulic lift raises loads up to 5 t (rated capacity), lifting range with claw 25–235 mm and with head 368–580 mm, manual lever 38 kg, platform 200 × 140 mm. Weight approx. 25 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting range (claw):\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–235 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting range (head):\u003c\/strong\u003e 368–580 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual lever force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 38 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform (L × W):\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 × 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 25 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HM 50 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HM 50 is a hydraulic lever jack for lifting and leveling machine tools in the workshop: lathes, milling machines, presses, shears, and any heavy machinery that needs to be precisely positioned on the floor. With a capacity of 5 t and an adjustment range of 25–235 mm with the claw (up to 368–580 mm with the head), it allows the machine to be progressively lifted to insert leveling wedges or anti-vibration feet. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the standard tool for installing new machine tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 t\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting range with claw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–235 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting range with head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e368–580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual lever force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatform (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with shipping in 3–5 working days. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the HM 50 suitable for lifting heavy machine tools?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo HM series hydraulic jacks are specifically designed for lifting and positioning machine tools in the workshop: lathes, milling machines, presses, and other heavy machinery. The 5 t capacity and millimeter-precise height adjustment allow the machine to be leveled and positioned accurately before being secured to the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the hydraulic lifting mechanism work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting is achieved via a hydraulic cylinder operated by a manual lever pump. Operating the lever pressurizes the oil in the cylinder, progressively lifting the head. Lowering occurs via a manually controlled relief valve — slow and adjustable for precise machine positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many jacks are needed to move a machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor large machines with multiple support points, typically 3–4 jacks are used, positioned under the machine base. Each jack must be able to support the corresponding share of weight — ensure that the sum of the capacities covers the total weight of the machine with an adequate safety margin (at least 1.5×).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and hydraulic oil available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Gaskets, valves, and original Bernardo spare parts for the HM series are available with shipping in 3–5 working days. Use ISO VG 46 hydraulic oil as indicated in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with shipping in 3–5 working days. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696252948808,"sku":"07-1280","price":439.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sollevatore-idr-per-macchine-HM-50-extra-big-8783.jpg?v=1750085658"},{"product_id":"tavolo-di-sollevamento-a-piattaforma-idraulico-bs-350-d","title":"Bernardo BS 350 D manual hydraulic lift table – capacity 350 kg, height 355-1300 mm, table 910 × 500 mm, weight 98 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BS 350 D hydraulic lift table is a manual scissor lift with foot pedal operation, designed for ergonomic handling and positioning of loads up to 350 kg. Lifting height 355-1300 mm, table dimensions 910 × 500 mm, weight 98 kg. Powder-coated steel construction, with wheels for movement and a parking brake. Suitable for workshops, warehouses, and laboratories for ergonomic positioning of workpieces on workbenches. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifting height min\/max:\u003c\/strong\u003e 355 - 1300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 910 × 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual hydraulic foot pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 98 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BS 350 D and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BS 350 D is a manual hydraulic scissor lift table, designed for ergonomic positioning of 350 kg loads in workshops and laboratories. Operation is completely manual: a hydraulic foot pump raises the platform, and a release valve allows controlled lowering. No electric motor, no power supply required. Key construction feature: the lifting height of 355-1300 mm covers most standard positioning applications (from floor level to workbench, from floor to truck bed). The polyurethane wheels allow the loaded table to be moved between workstations, and the parking brake locks the table during operation. Among Krollit's customers, the Bernardo BS 350 D is chosen by mechanical workshops for ergonomic positioning of workpieces on workbenches, by technical school laboratories, by logistics warehouses for handling medium-heavy packages, and by advanced hobbyists with repetitive positioning needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo lift table range is organized into 5 sub-families by application: BS (manual hydraulic, capacities 150-1,000 kg, for standard hobby\/light professional use); ES (semi-electric single platform, capacities 300-750 kg, for standard intensive use); ES D (semi-electric double platform for extended height, capacities 300-750 kg); SSHT\/FSHT (industrial stationary\/U-shaped, capacities 1,000-2,000 kg, for fixed use in factories); HK (tilting, capacities 400-800 kg, for handling + emptying bulk materials).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe BS 350 D model is in the BS family (manual hydraulic). For capacities from 150 kg (BS 150) to 1,000 kg (BS 1,000): choose based on the maximum weight of typical loads. BS 150 for light hobby use (heavy drawers, containers); BS 350 for standard workshop use; BS 500 for heavy workbenches; BS 1,000 for compact industrial machinery. For continuous intensive use, consider the ES semi-electric version of the same capacity (reduces manual pumping fatigue).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). The BS 350 D table, weighing 98 kg, is easily handled by one person for unloading. The integrated wheels (for mobile models) facilitate movement after unloading. Hydraulic oil, valves, manual pumps, spare parts for the electrical system (for ES\/SSHT\/FSHT models), and original Bernardo accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BS 350 D for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ small laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEconomical manual table for occasional use. 350 kg capacity sufficient for most hobby applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor non-daily use (5-20 lifts per day), the manual version is correctly sized: no electrical power required, significantly lower cost than the semi-electric version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarehouse with repetitive cycles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive use with over 50 lifts per day, consider the ES semi-electric version to reduce manual pumping fatigue.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous intensive use with over 50 lifts per day (the ES semi-electric version reduces manual pumping fatigue); applications with a load capacity exceeding 350 kg (move up to BS 1,000, ES 750, or industrial SSHT family); applications requiring a lifting height exceeding 1300 mm (the ES D family has an extended height up to ~1,600 mm); stationary fixed installations (the industrial SSHT family is correctly sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLifting Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e355 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOperation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual hydraulic foot pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual (hydraulic valve)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMobility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel wheels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 125 × 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 98 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BS 350 D lift table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual hydraulic foot pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel wheels for movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParking brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much force is needed for manual pumping?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hydraulic foot pump is designed to reduce effort: typically 15-25 kg of force per pump stroke. For maximum rated capacity (with rated load on the platform), it takes approximately 30-50 pump strokes to reach maximum height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use, the cumulative effort is manageable. For daily intensive use (over 50 lifts per day), the cumulative effort becomes significant: consider the ES semi-electric version of the same capacity. The hydraulic system is designed for durability: in daily use, the pump typically lasts 5-10 years before requiring maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat flooring surfaces are compatible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mobile models (BS, ES, ES D, HK): smooth industrial floors (polished concrete, industrial tiles, epoxy resins). On rough floors, the wheels may wear out more quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum table capacity applies to vertical loading: for movement on inclines (even slight ones like 2-3%), stability requires attention, especially with heavy loads near the maximum capacity. For very rough floors (raw concrete, slabs with pronounced joints), the wheels may wear out more quickly: original Bernardo spare parts are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the hydraulic oil need to be replaced periodically?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. For daily professional use, it is recommended to change the hydraulic oil every 2-3 years or every 1,000 hours of operation. For occasional hobby use, replacement can be every 5-7 years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended hydraulic oil: ISO VG 32 or ISO VG 46 (check manual for exact specifications). Signs indicating the need for replacement: progressive slowing of lifting, vibrations during pumping (for manual models), slow or irregular lowering. Original Bernardo hydraulic oil or commercial equivalents (Shell Tellus, Mobil DTE) are available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the average lifespan of the BS 350 D table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard daily professional use, the average lifespan is 10-15 years with regular maintenance. For occasional hobby use, the lifespan can extend to 20+ years. The powder-coated steel structure is designed to resist corrosion and standard workshop wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsumable components that may require replacement during the useful life: hydraulic pump (for manual models), valves, seals, wheels, articulation bearings. For semi-electric\/electric models, add: motor (typical lifespan 8-12 years with intensive use), switches, wiring. All original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I also use the table outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional outdoor use (loading\/unloading trucks, occasional movement between warehouse and yard), yes. For continuous exposure to weather, no: prolonged humidity can cause corrosion of the painted steel frame and degradation of the hydraulic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor applications, it is recommended to cover\/shelter the table after use, perform more frequent maintenance of the hydraulic system (check for leaks, lubricate joints), and periodically inspect the paintwork. For exclusive outdoor use, consider models with reinforced industrial paint or specific anti-rust protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696285159752,"sku":"07-1099","price":1049.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/07-1099_1.jpg?v=1750085968"},{"product_id":"tavolo-di-sollevamento-a-piattaforma-doppia-semi-elettrico-es-300-d","title":"Bernardo ES 300 D semi-electric double-scissor lift table – capacity 300 kg, extended height 500-1,618 mm, weight 150 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ES 300 D semi-electric double platform lift table is a lift with a double scissor configuration for extended lifting height, designed for loads up to 300 kg. Lifting height 500-1618 mm (significantly higher than the single platform configuration), table dimensions 1,010 × 520 mm, weight 150 kg, overall dimensions 1,220 × 520 × 1,150 mm. Electric motor for the lifting phase, swivel castors for movement. Suitable for workshops requiring positioning at heights greater than 1,000 mm, multi-level assembly lines. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMin\/max lifting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 - 1618 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,010 × 520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Semi-electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double platform for extended height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ES 300 D and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ES 300 D is a semi-electric double platform lift table for extended lifting height, designed for loads up to 300 kg. The double scissor configuration allows for a lifting height of 500-1618 mm (significantly higher than the single platform configuration with the same capacity). Difference from the standard ES version: the D version has a max height of ~1,600 mm compared to ~970 mm for the standard version. This is a crucial feature for applications that require ergonomic positioning at a high working height (e.g., working on a piece positioned at 1,500 mm height while standing, positioning for upper component inspection, loading\/unloading onto low mezzanines). Among Krollit's customers, the Bernardo ES 300 D is chosen by workshops with variable working height requirements, multi-level assembly laboratories, and factories with work lines at different heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo lift table range is organized into 5 sub-families by application: BS (manual hydraulic, capacities 150-1,000 kg, for standard hobby\/light professional use); ES (semi-electric single platform, capacities 300-750 kg, for standard intensive use); ES D (semi-electric double platform for extended height, capacities 300-750 kg); SSHT\/FSHT (industrial stationary\/U-shaped, capacities 1,000-2,000 kg, for fixed use in factories); HK (tilting, capacities 400-800 kg, for handling + emptying bulk materials).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ES 300 D model is in the ES D family (semi-electric double platform for extended height). Key difference from the standard ES version: max height ~1,600 mm vs ~970 mm. Same capacity as the standard ES version, but with slightly larger machine dimensions and greater weight. For applications with max height under 1,000 mm, the standard ES version is more economical and more compact. For max height above 1,600 mm or capacity over 750 kg, move up to the industrial SSHT\/FSHT family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). The ES 300 D table, weighing 150 kg, is handled by two people with care for unloading. The integrated wheels (for mobile models) facilitate movement after unloading. Hydraulic oil, valves, manual pumps, spare parts for the electrical system (for ES\/SSHT\/FSHT models) and original Bernardo accessories are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the ES 300 D is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with high working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble platform configuration for max height ~1,600 mm: designed for positioning pieces at a height above standard workbench.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMulti-level assembly line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor applications where the piece is worked at different heights during the cycle. Stability ensured even at full extension.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with standard height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor max height under 1,000 mm, the standard ES version is more economical and more compact.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications with lifting height below 1,000 mm (the standard ES version is more economical and compact); applications with capacity over 300 kg (the industrial SSHT family with 2,000 kg capacity is correctly sized); mobile applications with frequent movement (the larger dimensions and greater weight of the double platform make movement less agile than the single version).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLifting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax lifting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,618 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,010 × 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOperation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotorized (electric motor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual (hydraulic valve)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMobility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 150 × 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,220 × 520 × 1,150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo ES 300 D lift table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectric motor for lifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydraulic system for controlled lowering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel castors for movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE conformity documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy is the lowering manual and not motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 'semi-electric' system is a choice for safety and cost: lifting requires power (achieved through an electric motor), while lowering is gravity-controlled (a manual hydraulic valve is sufficient to regulate the speed). Motorized lowering adds cost and complexity without significant practical advantages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeature of manually controlled lowering: the operator can stop the lowering at any intermediate position by releasing the valve, a useful feature for precise positioning of the table at a specific height. Motorized lowering would require a second motor (dedicated for lowering) or a more complex system. For applications with automatic controlled lowering, consider industrial electro-hydraulic lift tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor surfaces are compatible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mobile models (BS, ES, ES D, HK): smooth industrial floors (smoothed concrete, industrial tiles, epoxy resins). On rough floors, the wheels may wear out more quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum load capacity of the table applies to vertical loads: for movement on slopes (even slight ones like 2-3%), stability requires attention, especially with heavy loads near the maximum capacity. For very rough floors (raw concrete, slabs with pronounced joints), the wheels may wear out more quickly: original Bernardo spare parts are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the hydraulic oil need to be replaced periodically?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. For daily professional use, it is recommended to change the hydraulic oil every 2-3 years or every 1,000 operating hours. For occasional hobby use, replacement can be every 5-7 years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended hydraulic oil: ISO VG 32 or ISO VG 46 (check the manual for exact specifications). Signs indicating the need for replacement: progressive slowing of lifting, vibrations during the pumping phase (for manual models), slow or erratic lowering. Original Bernardo hydraulic oil or commercial equivalents (Shell Tellus, Mobil DTE) available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the average lifespan of the ES 300 D table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard daily professional use, the average lifespan is 10-15 years with regular maintenance. For occasional hobby use, the lifespan can extend to 20+ years. The powder-coated steel structure is designed to resist standard workshop corrosion and wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsumable components that may require replacement during their useful life: hydraulic pump (for manual models), valves, seals, wheels, joint bearings. For semi-electric\/electric models, add: motor (typical lifespan 8-12 years with intensive use), switches, wiring. All original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I also use the table outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional outdoor use (loading\/unloading trucks, occasional movement between warehouse and yard) yes. For continuous exposure to the elements, no: prolonged humidity can cause corrosion of the painted steel frame and degradation of the hydraulic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor applications, it is recommended to cover\/shelter the table after use, more frequent maintenance of the hydraulic system (check for leaks, lubrication of joints), periodic inspection of the paintwork. For exclusive outdoor use, consider models with reinforced industrial paint or specific anti-rust protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696286961992,"sku":"07-1113","price":3708.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tavolo-di-sollevamento-a-piattaforma-doppia-semi-elettrico-ES-30-extra-big-8627.jpg?v=1750085988"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/1745845099447blob.png?v=1756743159","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/equipment-from-lavoro.oembed?page=6","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}